<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shsai</id>
	<title>EdX Copyright Online Course - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Shsai"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/Special:Contributions/Shsai"/>
	<updated>2026-07-19T01:33:33Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.6</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4038</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4038"/>
		<updated>2014-05-31T18:17:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
** UPDATED FOR 2014 **&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 8 weeks beginning the week of June 9, 2014. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Thursday evenings from 6-8pm at NMLS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants may opt to submit a take-home exam, and, if successful, will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Syllabus and Readings:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 1: The Foundations of Copyright Law and Fairness / Labor Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 1 and 2 (Introduction and Fairness Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 2: The Subject Matter of Copyright and Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 3 and 10.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 3: Authorship and Personality Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 5 and 2 (Personality Theory).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 4: The Mechanics of Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 5: The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 7.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 6: The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 8.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 7: Fair Use and Welfare Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 9 and 4 (parts 1 and 2).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 8: Remedies and Supplements to Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 12 and 11 (part 1).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Litigation]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Supplements]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA&amp;diff=4037</id>
		<title>The Requirements for Copyright Protection-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA&amp;diff=4037"/>
		<updated>2014-05-31T18:12:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all countries, there are two requirements for copyright protection:  originality and protectable &amp;quot;expression.&amp;quot;  In a few countries, there is also a third requirement:  that the &amp;quot;work&amp;quot; for which an author seeks protection have been &amp;quot;fixed&amp;quot; in a tangible medium of expression.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Concept of Originality==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Neither the [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_2:_The_International_Framework#Berne_Convention Berne Convention] nor the [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_2:_The_International_Framework#The_Agreement_on_Trade_Related_Aspects_of_Intellectual_Property_Rights_.28TRIPS.29 TRIPS Agreement] expressly requires originality for a work to be protected by copyright. However, almost all countries require some level of originality for a work to qualify for copyright protection.  Unfortunately, there is no standard international minimum of originality.  Each country independently sets the originality standard that a work must meet.  In some countries, such as the United States and Canada, originality requires only &amp;quot;independent conception&amp;quot; and a &amp;quot;bare minimum&amp;quot; of creativity.  In other countries, such as France, Spain and developing countries influenced by the civil-law tradition, originality is defined as  the “imprint of the author’s personality” on the work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the work of authorship need not be novel, ingenious, or have aesthetic merit in order to satisfy the originality requirement.  For example, the U.S. Supreme Court in &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Feist Pulbications v. Rural Telephone Service Co.&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;, 499 U.S. 340 (1991), defined originality as requiring only that the work be independently created by the author and that it possess “at least some minimal degree of creativity.”  According to the Court, the “requisite level of creativity is extremely low” and a work need only “possess some creative spark no matter how crude, humble or obvious it might be.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Exclusion of Ideas from Copyright Protection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright law does not protect ideas or facts. Instead, copyright law only protects the expression of those ideas or facts. The U.S. copyright statute is a typical example. It reads: &#039;&#039;“In no case does copyright protection for an original work of authorship extend to any idea, procedure, process, system, method of operation, concept, principle, or discovery, regardless of the form in which it is described, explained, illustrated or embodied in such work.”&#039;&#039; (17 U.S.C. Section 102(b)).  The Jamaican Copyright Act contains similar language: &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Copyright protection does not extend to an idea, concept, process, principle, procedure, system or discovery or things of a similar nature.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; (The Copyright Act, Section 6(8)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The same principle can be found in the major copyright treaties.  The Berne Convention, for example, states that protection “shall not apply to news of the day or to miscellaneous facts having the character of mere items of press information.” Both the TRIPS Agreement and the WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) state that, while expressions are copyrightable, “ideas, procedures, methods of operation or mathematical concepts as such” are not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excluding facts and ideas from protection helps to promote the public interest in freedom of speech.  Extending copyright protection to ideas or facts would inhibit public debate by allowing copyright holders to control uses of the concepts or information contained in their works.  Both political freedom and the progress of knowledge would suffer.  In addition, excluding facts and the fundamental building blocks of information (such as the &amp;quot;news of the day&amp;quot;) from protection ensures that the basic processes of cultural production are not impaired.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On occasion, an idea and its expression may become indistinguishable.  If there is only one way of expressing a particular idea, the idea and the expression of that idea are said to &#039;&#039;&#039;“merge.”&#039;&#039;&#039;  The merger doctrine in copyright law was developed to deal with such cases, removing from the scope of copyright protection those expressions that constitute the only way of communicating an idea.  What about situations in which an idea can only be expressed in a limited number of ways?  The courts in some countries deal with such situations by granting limited or “thin” copyright protection to those expressions -- in other words, prohibiting only verbatim or virtually identical copying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fixation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention allows member countries to decide whether creative works must be “fixed” to enjoy copyright. Article 2, Section 2 of the Berne Convention states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“It shall be a matter for legislation in the countries of the Union to prescribe that works in general or any specified categories of works shall not be protected unless they have been fixed in some material form.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most countries do not require that a work be produced in a particular form to obtain copyright protection.  For instance, Spain, France, and Australia do not require fixation for copyright protection. The United States and Canada, on the other hand, require that the work be “fixed in a tangible medium of expression” to obtain copyright protection. U.S. law requires that the fixation be stable and permanent enough to be “perceived, reproduced or communicated for a period of more than transitory duration.”  Similarly, Canadian courts consider fixation to require that the work be “expressed to some extent at least in some material form, capable of identification and having a more or less permanent endurance.” The Jamaican Copyright Act states that &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;[a] literary, dramatic or musical work shall not be eligible for copyright protection unless it is recorded in writing or otherwise....&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; but is silent as to any fixation requirement for other kinds of creative works. (The Copyright Act, Section 6(2)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The definition of “fixation” in the United States excludes “purely evanescent or transient reproductions such as those projected briefly on a screen, shown electronically on a television or other cathode ray tube, or captured momentarily in the ‘memory’ of a computer.”  Many courts, including those in the United States, have deemed computer programs fixed when stored on a silicon chip.  The audiovisual effects of computer games are commonly considered to be fixed because their repetitiveness makes them “sufficiently permanent and stable.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The requirement of fixation may become problematic when applied to live performances. For instance, U.S. law specifies that a work must be fixed “by or under the authority of the author.”  This law produces some surprising results.  If a choreographer hires someone to videotape a performance, the choreography of that performance will be protected by copyright.  But if copies of a live performance are recorded and distributed without the permission of the choreographer, the choreography would not receive copyright protection because that performance was not fixed under her authority.  Countries that grant copyright for  works regardless of fixation do not have similar problems.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) requires all members of the World Trade Organization (WTO) to protect live musical performances. This means that even countries with fixation requirements must enact statutes to ensure the protection of musical performances without fixation.  The United States, for instance, enacted a special provision prohibiting the “fixation or transmission of a live musical performance without the consent of the performers, and prohibiting the reproduction of copies or phonorecords of an unauthorized fixation of a live musical performance.”  Notice, however, that this provision is limited to “musical” performances and does not apply to other types of performances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Owning a Copy vs. Owning a Copyright==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ownership of a physical copy of a work  is separate from copyright ownership in the work.  Just because you own a copy of a book doesn’t mean you are free to copy it.  The Jamaican Copyright Act states: &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Copyright shall not subsist in a sound recording or film which is, or to the extent that it is, a copy taken from a previous sound recording or film.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; (The Copyright Act, Section 6(4)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ordinarily, when the creator of a work sells or transfers a copy of it to another person, she does not surrender her copyright unless she expressly agrees to do so.  So, for example, the writer of a letter or an email message retains the copyright in the letter even after he has sent it to the recipient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the owner of a physical copy of a copyrighted work may not be entitled to copy it without permission, he or she is usually free to sell or rent it to other people.  The rule that creates this privilege is known as the &amp;quot;first sale&amp;quot; doctrine.  As we will see, it is subject to certain exceptions involving commercial rental of some types of material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the most part, the lawful owner of a copy of a copyrighted work is also free to destroy or mutilate it.  However, some treaties and national legal systems recognize “moral rights” that set limits on the freedom of the owner to act in these ways.  The Berne Convention, for example, specifies that: &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Independently of the author’s economic rights, and even after transfer of the said rights, the author shall have the right to claim authorship of the work and to object to any distortion, mutilation or other modification of, or other derogatory action in relation to, the said work, which would be prejudicial to his honor or reputation.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;  Jamaica&#039;s Copyright Act recognizes the right of the author of a work to be identified as such, and, subject to some exceptions, prohibits distortion or mutilation of a work. (The Copyright Act, Sections 36(1), 37).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good discussion of the concept of originality in copyright law, juxtaposing the versions of the concept used in the US and in the EU, can be found in Software Freedom Law Center, [http://www.softwarefreedom.org/resources/2007/originality-requirements.html Originality Requirements under U.S. and E.U. Copyright Law((.link_green))]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed above:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/1991%20Feist.pdf Feist Publications, Inc., v. Rural Telephone Service Co., 499 U.S. 340 (1991)((.link_red))] (originality)&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA&amp;diff=4036</id>
		<title>The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA&amp;diff=4036"/>
		<updated>2014-05-31T18:11:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Rationale for the International System ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each country in the world has its own set of copyright laws.  However, the flexibility that most countries enjoy in adjusting and enforcing their own laws is limited by a set of international treaties. Why do we need any international management of this field? There are two traditional answers to this question. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, without some international standardization, nations might enact legislation that protects their own citizens while leaving foreigners vulnerable. Such discrimination was common prior to international regulation.   As copyright owners become increasingly interested in global protection for their creation, mutual recognition on fair terms of rights across borders becomes ever more important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, some copyright holders believe that developing nations would not adopt adequate copyright protections unless forced to do so by treaty.  Representatives of developing nations strongly dispute this argument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== International Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The simplest way to achieve these goals would be a single treaty signed by all countries. Unfortunately, the current situation is more complex.  Instead of one treaty, we now have six major &#039;&#039;&#039;multilateral&#039;&#039;&#039; agreements, each with a different set of member countries. Jamaica is a member of all six of the major &amp;quot;multilateral&amp;quot; agreements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the six agreements was negotiated within - and is now administered by - an international organization.  Four of the six are managed by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO); one by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO); and one by the World Trade Organization (WTO). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None of the six treaties pertaining to copyright law contains a comprehensive set of rules or standards for a copyright system.  Rather, each one requires member countries to deal with particular issues in particular ways, but leaves to the member countries considerable discretion in implementing its requirements.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click here for more on the [[stages of an international agreement]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Set forth below are brief descriptions of the six major treaties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Berne Convention====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1886 ten European states signed the Berne Convention for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works (referred to hereafter as the &amp;quot;Berne Convention&amp;quot;) in order to reduce confusion about international copyright law.  Since then, a total of 164 countries have joined the Berne Convention. However, there have been several revisions of the Berne Convention, and not all countries have ratified the most recent version.  Any nation is permitted to join. You can check to see [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ShowResults.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;treaty_id=15 if your country is a member of the Berne Convention by consulting this link]. Below is a map showing which countries are currently members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;border: 1px dashed grey; padding: .5em 1em; margin: 3px 3px 1em 3px; width: 721px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Map1.png|721px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention established three fundamental principles.  The first and most famous is the principle of “national treatment,” which requires member countries to give the residents of other member countries the same rights under the copyright laws that they give to their own residents.  So, for example, a novel written in Bolivia by a Bolivian citizen enjoys the same protection in Ghana as a novel written in Ghana by an Ghanian citizen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second is the principle of “independence” of protection.  It provides that each member country must give foreign works the same protections they give domestic works, even when the foreign works would not be shielded under the copyright laws of the countries where they originated.  For example, even if a novel written in Bolivia by a Bolivian national were not protected under Bolivian law, it would still be protected in Ghana if it fulfilled the requirements for protection under Ghanian law. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third is the principle of “automatic protection.”  This principle forbids member countries from requiring persons from other Berne Convention member countries to undergo legal formalities as a prerequisite for copyright protection. (They may impose such requirements on their own citizens, but usually do not.)  The effect of this principle is that the Jamaican author of a novel doesn’t have to register or declare her novel in Ghana, India, Indonesia, the US or any other member state of the Berne Convention; her novel will be automatically protected in all of these countries from the moment it is written. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to these basic principles, the Berne Convention also imposes on member countries a number of more specific requirements.  For instance, they must enforce copyrights for a minimum period of time. The minimum copyright term for countries that have ratified the most recent version of the Berne Convention is the life of the author plus 50 years for all works except photographs and cinema.  The Berne Convention also requires its members to recognize and enforce a limited subset of the “moral rights” discussed in [[Module 1: Copyright and the Public Domain#What Rights Come With Copyright.3F|Module 1]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention sets forth a framework for member countries to adopt exceptions to the mandated copyright protections. The so-called &amp;quot;three-step test&amp;quot; contained in Article 9(2) ([http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_2:_The_International_Framework#The_Three-Step_Test discussed in more detail below]) defines the freedom of member countries to create exceptions or limitations to authors&#039; rights to control reproductions of their works.  Other provisions of the Berne Convention give member countries discretion to create more specific exceptions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Berne Convention was revised most recently in Paris in 1971, the signatory countries added an [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P410_75777 Appendix((.link_red))], which contains special provisions concerning developing countries. In particular, developing countries may, for certain works and under certain conditions, depart from the minimum standards of protection with regard to the right of translation and the right of reproduction of copyrighted works.  More specifically, the Appendix permits developing countries to grant non-exclusive and non-transferable compulsory licenses to translate works for the purpose of teaching, scholarship or research, and to reproduce works for use in connection with systematic instructional activities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the Berne Convention outlines broad standards for copyright protection, it mandates few specific rules. As a result, the legislature in each member country enjoys considerable flexibility in implementing its requirements. For example, in the Berne Convention Implementation Act of 1988, the U.S. Congress adopted a “minimalist” approach to implementation, making only those changes to copyright law that were absolutely necessary to qualify  for membership. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention does not contain an enforcement mechanism. This means that member states have little power to punish another state that does not comply with the Berne Convention&#039;s guidelines. As we will see later, this situation partially changed for the members of the Berne Convention that also joined the WTO.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To learn more about the Convention you may [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html read its text((.link_red))] or consult a brief discussion of the history of the [[Berne Convention]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Universal Copyright Convention====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Universal Copyright Convention&#039;&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;&#039;UCC&#039;&#039;&#039;) was developed by &#039;&#039;&#039;UNESCO&#039;&#039;&#039; and adopted in 1952. It was created as an alternative to the Berne Convention. The UCC addressed the desire of several countries (including the United States and the Soviet Union) to enjoy some multilateral copyright protection without joining the Berne Convention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UCC’s provisions are more flexible than those of the Berne Convention. This increased flexibility was intended to accommodate countries at different stages of development and countries with different economic and social systems. Like the Berne Convention, the UCC incorporates the principle of national treatment and prohibits any discrimination against foreign authors, but it contains fewer requirements that member countries must comply with. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The UCC has decreased in importance as most countries are now party to the Berne Convention or are members of the WTO (or both).  The copyright obligations of members of the WTO are governed by the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS), discussed below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may check if your country is a member of the UCC by reviewing [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/files/7816/11642786761conv_71_e.pdf/conv_71_e.pdf this list]. For more information about the UCC you may [http://www.ifla.org/documents/infopol/copyright/ucc.txt read its text] or consult the [[Examination of the UCC]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rome Convention (1961)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By 1961, technology had progressed significantly since the Berne Convention was signed. Some inventions, such as tape recorders, had made it easier to copy recorded works. The Berne Convention only applied to printed works and thus did not help copyright holders defend against the new technologies. To address the perceived need for strong legislative protection for recorded works, members of WIPO concluded the Rome Convention for the Protection of Performers, Producers of Phonograms and Broadcasting Organizations on October 26, 1961. It extended copyright protection from the author of a work to the creators and producers of particular, physical embodiments of the work. These &amp;quot;fixations&amp;quot; include media such as audiocassettes, CDs, and DVDs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Rome Convention requires member countries to grant protection to the works of performers, producers of phonographs, and broadcasting organizations. However, it also permits member countries to create exceptions to that protection -- for example, to permit unauthorized uses of a recording for the purpose of teaching or scientific research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ShowResults.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;treaty_id=17 Eighty-eight countries have signed the Rome Convention]. Below is a map of the member states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;border: 1px dashed grey; padding: .5em 1em; margin: 3px 3px 1em 3px; width: 721px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Map2.png|721px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Membership in the Rome Convention is open only to countries that are already parties to the Berne Convention or to the Universal Copyright Convention. Like many international treaties, joining the Rome Convention has an uncertain effect on domestic law. Countries that join the convention may &amp;quot;reserve&amp;quot; their rights with regards to certain provisions of the treaty. In practice, this has enabled countries to avoid the application of rules that would require important changes to their national laws. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on the Rome Convention you may [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/rome/trtdocs_wo024.html read its text((.link_red))] or read more about the [[Rome Convention provisions]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way that copyright owners reproduce, distribute, and market their works has changed in the digital age. Sound recordings, articles, photographs, and books are commonly stored in electronic formats, circulated via the Internet, and compiled in databases. Unfortunately, the same technologies that enable more efficient storage and distribution have also facilitated widespread copying of copyrighted works. Concerned about the effects of these new technologies, the governments of developed countries advocated for and ultimately secured two treaties: the WIPO Copyright Treaty and the WIPO Performance and Phonograms Treaty.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) is a special agreement under the Berne Convention that entered into force on March 6, 2002. It is the first international treaty that requires countries to provide copyright protection to computer programs and to databases (compilations of data or other material).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WCT also requires members to prohibit the circumvention of technologies set by rightsholders to prevent the copying and distribution of their works. These technologies include encryption or “rights management information” (data that identify works or their authors and are necessary for the management of their rights).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ShowResults.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;treaty_id=16 Eighty-eight countries are now parties to the WCT]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more about the WCT [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/wct/trtdocs_wo033.html read its text((.link_red))] or read the [[Examination of the WCT]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT)==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT) was signed by the member states of WIPO on December 20, 1996. The WPPT enhances the intellectual property rights of performers and of producers of &#039;&#039;&#039;phonograms&#039;&#039;&#039;. Phonograms include vinyl records, tapes, compact discs, digital audiotapes, MP3s, and other media for storing sound recordings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WPPT grants performers economic rights in their performances that have been fixed in phonograms. It also grants performers moral rights over these performances. By contrast, the producers of phonograms are only granted economic rights in them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ShowResults.jsp?country_id=ALL&amp;amp;start_year=ANY&amp;amp;end_year=ANY&amp;amp;search_what=C&amp;amp;treaty_id=20 Eighty-six countries are party to the WPPT].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more about the WPPT [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/wppt/trtdocs_wo034.html read its text((.link_red))] or consult the [[Examination of the WPPT]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TRIPS is an international agreement administered by the WTO that was negotiated and concluded in 1994. A map showing the current membership of the WTO is available [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/World_Trade_Organization_accession_and_membership here((.link_red))]. TRIPS establishes minimum standards for many forms of intellectual property protection in member countries of the WTO, including copyright. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The substantive provisions of TRIPS do not differ drastically from the Berne Convention.  The major difference is that TRIPS requires member countries to grant copyright protection to computer programs and data compilations. However, TRIPS does not require the protection of authors&#039; [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moral_rights_(copyright_law) moral rights], which the Berne Convention requires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The most important innovations of TRIPS are the remedies it requires.  Unlike the Berne Convention, TRIPS requires member countries to provide effective sanctions for violations of copyrights.  In addition, it creates a dispute resolution mechanism by which WTO member countries can force other members to comply with their treaty obligations.  It is sometimes said that, unlike the Berne convention, TRIPS has &amp;quot;teeth.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TRIPS allows for some flexibility in its implementation.  This flexibility is intended to permit developing nations to balance the incorporation of the general principles of TRIPS with development concerns.  You can study additional [[information concerning the flexibilities]] of TRIPS for developing nations. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text of the TRIPS Agreement is available [http://www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/trips_e/t_agm0_e.htm here((.link_red))].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====The proposed Anti-Counterfeiting Trade Agreement (ACTA)====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The six multilateral treaties described above may soon be joined by a seventh.  In October 2007, the United States, the European Community, Switzerland, and Japan simultaneously announced that they would negotiate a new intellectual property enforcement treaty, the Anti-Counterfeiting Trade Agreement (ACTA). Australia, the Republic of Korea, New Zealand, and Mexico have since joined the negotiations. Several rounds of negotiations have occurred. The participants have stated publicly that they expect to finish negotiations in 2010.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among other issues, ACTA will contain provisions to address &amp;quot;Internet distribution and information technology,&amp;quot; such as authorizing officials to search for illegally downloaded music on personal devices at airports, or forcing Internet Service Providers to provide information about possible copyright infringers without a warrant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Regional Agreements===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The multilateral agreements we have just described contain the primary provisions that limit the freedom of each country in shaping its own copyright laws. But some countries also belong to regional organizations that have the power to influence the copyright laws of their members, such as the &amp;quot;&#039;European Union (EU)&#039;&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;&#039;African Intellectual Property Organization (OAPI)&#039;&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;&#039;North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA)&#039;&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Free Trade Agreements and Bilateral Investment Treaties===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multilateral treaties such as TRIPS can provide powerful global protection for copyright holders  because they establish minimum standards for protection of copyrights that are binding on large numbers of countries.  However, copyright holders sometimes try to obtain even stronger protections through bilateral treaties between countries or organizations of countries. Bilateral treaties on copyright law often address specific issues between the the two parties. Such agreements are commonly known as &#039;&#039;&#039;free trade agreements&#039;&#039;&#039; (FTAs) or &#039;&#039;&#039;Bilateral Investment Treaties&#039;&#039;&#039; (BITs).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Typically, such bilateral agreements either narrow the flexibilities that a developing country would enjoy under TRIPS or impose more stringent standards for copyright protection.  For example, the U.S. government has included anti-circumvention obligations in its bilateral FTAs with Jordan, Singapore, Chile, Morocco, Bahrain and Oman.  Similarly, the European Union has recently negotiated FTAs with developing countries that significantly limit the discretion of those countries in adjusting their copyright laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FTAs and BITs are highly controversial.  Many scholars and representatives of developing countries regard them as abuses of the power of developed countries.  Opponents of proposed FTAs or BITs have sometimes been able to prevent their adoption or modify them.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click here for more [[Information on FTAs]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===The Three-Step Test===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the major multilateral, regional, and bilateral agreements use a tool that has come to be known as the “three-step test” to define the freedom of member countries to create “exceptions and limitations” to copyrights.  The three-step test was first created in the 1967 revision of the Berne Convention.  It provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;It shall be a matter for legislation in the countries of the Union to permit the reproduction of such works [a] in certain special cases, provided that [b] such reproduction does not conflict with a normal exploitation of the work and [c] does not unreasonably prejudice the legitimate interests of the author.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most international copyright agreements since then have incorporated versions of this test.  For example, versions of the test may be found in the TRIPS Agreement (Article 13), the WCT (Article 10), several of the EU copyright directives, and several bilateral agreements.  Indeed, three-step tests may now be found in the national legislation of many countries, including France, Portugal, China, and Australia.  Even when national legislation does not explicitly incorporate the test, judges sometimes rely upon it when construing and applying their nation&#039;s copyright laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Perspectives For Developing Countries ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some observers believe that governments should upgrade and harmonize copyright law globally because it promotes the arts and rewards creators. They argue that granting an exclusive right in creative expression provides a necessary incentive for copyright holders to invest in the creation and distribution of expressive works. This stimulates cultural expression and benefits citizens.  Suppression of competition from &amp;quot;pirates,&amp;quot; they argue, is necessary to allow local creative industries to flourish. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, others argue that implementing the same copyright law in all countries has a disproportionate and negative effect on developing countries. Most developed nations have powerful and lucrative entertainment, educational, and research industries that export copyrighted works, and thus benefit from strong copyright law.  Developing countries, on the other hand, typically import copyrighted works.  Thus, it is argued, the residents of developing countries have to pay more royalties and fees as a result of enhanced copyright protection. It is also argued that restrictive copyright laws prevent many governments from addressing important social needs -- such as providing their citizens with good educations -- because critical information is locked up by the law. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The latter set of arguments have prompted a growing number of groups in developing countries to resist the imposition of the minimum standards of copyright protection set by the TRIPS Agreement and the even harsher duties that are imposed on developing countries by FTAs. They call for a better balance between, on one hand, providing incentives to creators and rewarding their creative activities and, on the other hand, promoting access to knowledge and research in order to spur economic growth and foster innovation in the developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  (It is also [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10440 prohibitively expensive]).  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As indicated above, an especially important component of most international copyright agreements is the three-step test.  The most comprehensive and accessible examination of the history and meaning of that test may be found in [http://www.ivir.nl/publicaties/hugenholtz/finalreport2008.pdf P. Bernt Hugenholtz &amp;amp; Ruth L. Okediji, Conceiving an International Instrument on Limitations and Exceptions to Copyright: Final Report, March 06, 2008((.link_red))].  Other good analyses of the three-step test available in print but not online include Martin Senftleben, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Copyright, Limitations and the Three-Step Test&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Kluwer Law Int&#039;l 2004); and Jane C. Ginsburg, &amp;quot;Toward Supranational Copyright Law? The WTO Panel Decision and the &amp;quot;Three Step Test&amp;quot; for Copyright Exemptions,&amp;quot; 187 Revue internationale Du Droit D&#039;Auteur 3, 49 (2001). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough review of the principal exceptions and limitations to copyrights recognized by the main multilateral agreements -- combined with a argument for the clarification and expansion of those exceptions and limitations, emphasizing &amp;quot;the importance of access to creative works for developing countries&amp;quot; -- may be found in [http://www.iprsonline.org/unctadictsd/docs/ruth%202405.pdf Ruth L. Okediji, &amp;quot;The International Copyright System:  Limitations, Exceptions and Public Interest Considerations for Developing Countries, International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development and United Nations  Conference on Trade and Development,&amp;quot; Issue Paper No. 15 (2006)((.link_green))].  Included in Okediji&#039;s essay is an excellent discussion of the Berne Convention Appendix.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a WIPO study more skeptical of the value of those exceptions and limitations, see [http://www.wipo.int/edocs/mdocs/copyright/en/sccr_9/sccr_9_7.pdf WIPO Standing Committee on Copyright and Related Rights, WIPO Study on Limitations and Exceptions of Copyright and Related Rights in the Digital Environment, 9th Session, June 23-27, 2003, WIPO Doc. SCCR/9/7 (April 5, 2003)((.link_green))].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent study of the process of implementing the TRIPS Agreement (including a detailed discussion of the complex processes that led to the revised Bangui Agreement among the OAPI countries) can be found in Carolyn Deere, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;The Implementation Game: The TRIPS Agreement and the Global Politics of Intellectual Property Reform in Developing Countries&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford UP 2009).  The Introduction, which sketches the argument of the book, is available online [http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/Papers.cfm?abstract_id=1405224 here((.link_green))].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For up-to-date information concerning the implementation of the EU Information Society Directive by individual countries, including a good bibliography of scholarly studies of the implementation process, see Instituut voor Infomatierecht (IVIR),  [http://www.ivir.nl/files/implementation_2001_29_EC/index_eng.html Report on the Implementation of the Information Society Directive] (2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Cases==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinion and summaries of rulings issued in WTO dispute resolution proceedings explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this module:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:61992J0092:EN:HTML Joined Cases C-92/92 and C-326/92, Phil Collins v Imtrat Handelsgesellschaft mbH; Patricia Im-und Export Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH and Another v EMI Electrola GmbH (1993)((.link_red))] (Applicability of the EEC Treaty to IP rights)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Henry%202001.pdf Sarah E. Henry, &amp;quot;The First International Challenge to U.S. Copyright Law: What Does the WTO Analysis of 17 U.S.C. § 110(5) Mean to the Future of International Harmonization of Copyright Laws Under the TRIPS Agreement?,&amp;quot; 20 Penn State International Law Review 301 (2001).((.link_green))] (EU vs. US)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1516907 Jan Bohanes &amp;amp; Adrian Emch, &amp;quot;WTO Panel Report on China IPR: A Mixed Result,&amp;quot; China Law &amp;amp; Practice, pp. 19-20, March 2009((.link_red))] (US vs. China)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4035</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4035"/>
		<updated>2014-05-31T18:10:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
** UPDATED FOR 2014 **&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 8 weeks beginning the week of June 9, 2014. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Thursday evenings from 6-8pm at NMLS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants may opt to submit a take-home exam, and, if successful, will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Syllabus and Readings:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 1: The Foundations of Copyright Law and Fairness / Labor Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 1 and 2 (Introduction and Fairness Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 2: The Subject Matter of Copyright and Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 3 and 10.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 3: Authorship and Personality Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 5 and 2 (Personality Theory).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 4: The Mechanics of Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 5: The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 7.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 6: The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 8.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 7: Fair Use and Welfare Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 9 and 4 (parts 1 and 2).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Week 8: Remedies and Supplements to Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 12 and 11 (part 1).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Litigation]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Supplements]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4034</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4034"/>
		<updated>2014-05-31T18:09:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
** UPDATED FOR 2014 **&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 8 weeks beginning the week of June 9, 2014. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Thursday evenings from 6-8pm at NMLS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants may opt to submit a take-home exam, and, if successful, will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Syllabus and Readings:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Foundations of Copyright Law and Fairness / Labor Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 1 and 2 (Introduction and Fairness Theory.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Subject Matter of Copyright and Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 3 and 10.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;Authorship and Personality Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 5 and 2 (Personality Theory).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Mechanics of Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 6.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 7.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lecture 8.  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;Fair Use and Welfare Theory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 9 and 4 (parts 1 and 2).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies and Supplements to Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Watch Lectures 12 and 11 (part 1).  &lt;br /&gt;
Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Litigation]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Supplements]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4033</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4033"/>
		<updated>2014-05-31T18:04:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
** UPDATED FOR 2014 **&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 8 weeks beginning the week of June 9, 2014. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Thursday evenings from 6-8pm at NMLS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants may opt to submit a take-home exam, and, if successful, will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Syllabus and Readings:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: Watch Lectures 1 and 2 (Introduction and Fairness Theory.  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: Watch Lectures 3 and 10.  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: Watch Lecture 5 and 2 (Personality Theory).  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: Watch Lecture 6.  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: Watch Lecture 7.  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: Watch Lecture 8.  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: Watch Lectures 9 and 4 (parts 1 and 2).  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: Watch Lectures 12 and 11 (part 1).  Read &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Litigation]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Supplements]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4032</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4032"/>
		<updated>2014-05-31T17:46:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
** UPDATED FOR 2014 **&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 8 weeks beginning the week of June 9, 2014. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Thursday evenings from 6-8pm at NMLS.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants may opt to submit a take-home exam, and, if successful, will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and PERSONALITY&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Litigation]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Supplements]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4031</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4031"/>
		<updated>2013-04-30T19:59:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Supplements]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Litigation]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Supplements&amp;diff=4030</id>
		<title>Copyright Supplements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Supplements&amp;diff=4030"/>
		<updated>2013-04-22T17:14:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Secondary Liability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.law.columbia.edu/law_school/communications/reports/winter06/facforum1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/2012_Viacom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paracopyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.wordspy.com/words/paracopyright.asp&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.law.upenn.edu/blogs/polk/ip/archives/2006/03/of_paracopyrigh_1.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Supplements&amp;diff=4029</id>
		<title>Copyright Supplements</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Supplements&amp;diff=4029"/>
		<updated>2013-04-22T17:13:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Secondary Liability&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; http://www.law.columbia.edu/law_school/communications/reports/winter06/facforum1 http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/2012_Viacom.pdf  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;P...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Secondary Liability&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.law.columbia.edu/law_school/communications/reports/winter06/facforum1&lt;br /&gt;
http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/2012_Viacom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paracopyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.wordspy.com/words/paracopyright.asp&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.law.upenn.edu/blogs/polk/ip/archives/2006/03/of_paracopyrigh_1.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4028</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4028"/>
		<updated>2013-04-22T17:02:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Supplements]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4027</id>
		<title>Traditional Knowledge-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4027"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T01:56:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: /* Why not protect TK? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===What Is Traditional Knowledge?===&lt;br /&gt;
Though difficult to define, traditional knowledge (TK) is generally understood to encompass four types of creative works: verbal expressions (stories, epics, legends, folk tales, poetry, riddles, etc.), musical expressions (folk songs and instrumental music), expressions by action (dances, plays, ceremonies, rituals and other performances) and tangible expressions that must be fixed on a permanent material (drawings, designs, paintings (including body-paintings), carvings, sculptures, pottery, mosaics, jewelry, basket work, textiles, carpets, costumes, musical instruments, etc.) More detailed definitions can be found in the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Model Provisions. TK is used interchangeably with the term traditional cultural expressions (TCEs); both refer to music, art, designs, names, signs and symbols, performances, architectural forms, handicrafts and narratives. TCEs are integral to the cultural and social identities of indigenous and local communities. They embody knowledge and skills and transmit core values and beliefs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the Debate About?===&lt;br /&gt;
Several combined forces have recently led to commercialization of TCEs on a global scale without due respect being given to the cultural or economic interests of the communities from which they originate. The Internet provides pervasive access to TCEs. The demand of western consumers for what is sometimes (disrespectfully) called &amp;quot;primitive art&amp;quot; has increased. Finally, tourism in developing countries has exposed more potential consumers to manifestations of folklore that can be found there. As a result, indigenous groups are seeking protection for their TCEs and their responses have affected legislation at national, regional and international levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What types of Traditional Knowledge are Most Frequently Used?===&lt;br /&gt;
Exploitation of TK occurs in different forms. Examples include the unauthorized production of indigenous craft objects in the souvenir market, the unauthorized use of indigenous imagery on clothing, food products, or toys, the unauthorized use of indigenous names or phrases as trademarks, the unauthorized incorporation of traditional dance into commercial performances, and the unauthorized use of traditional music in commercial musical productions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Kind of Legal Liability Governs?===&lt;br /&gt;
What kinds of legal rules (if any) should govern use of traditional knowledge by people who are not members of communities from which the TK originates? This issue is being addressed on national, regional and international levels. TK might be protected through conventional IP law -- for example, through the use of Copyright law, Patent law, Geographical Indicators, or Certification Trademarks. However, many regions and countries have found it difficult to fit TK into traditional IP protection schemes. As a result, some have adopted sui generis laws that apply specifically to TK. Examples of these different approaches are discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How Individual Nations deal with Traditional Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Do Not Cover Traditional Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
Several nations have copyright laws that expressly exclude folklore from the list of works eligible for copyright protection. These include: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, Moldova, Russia, Slovenia, The Ukraine, Uzbekistan and Yemen. These countries tend to classify traditional knowledge as within the &amp;quot;public domain&amp;quot; and thus do not restrict use of or access to TK. For instance, Article 9 of the 2002 Copyright Act of Bosnia and Herzegovina states that &amp;quot;the use of folk literature and art creations for the purpose of a literary, artistic or scientific arrangement shall be free.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Cover Traditional Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection Despite No Explicit Reference to TCE&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional IP statutes in some nations contain no explicit references to folklore, but TCEs may still be protected in those nations under copyright law, other traditional intellectual property doctrines, or through special statutes.  For example, most countries in Europe have copyright legislation that may be used to cover traditional knowledge, but do not have any provisions explicitly mentioning TCEs.  These include: &#039;&#039;&#039;Belgium&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Cyprus&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Denmark&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Finland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;France&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Germany&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Iceland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Italy&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Latvia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Luxembourg&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Norway&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Poland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Portugal&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;San Marino&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Spain&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Sweden&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Several other developed countries lack explicit TCE references as well.  These include: &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Canada&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Japan&#039;&#039;&#039;, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Additionally, several countries with recently-enacted copyright legislation have not expressly included TCEs within its scope.  Included in this group are several Asian countries (such as &#039;&#039;&#039;India&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Philippines&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Thailand&#039;&#039;&#039;) and several Caribbean and South American countries (such as &#039;&#039;&#039;Barbados&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;El Salvador&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Saint Vincent and the Grenadines&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Trinidad and Tobago&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Venezuela&#039;&#039;&#039;).  Silence in these statutes, however, does not mean that traditional knowledge is unprotected.  Rather, in these countries TCEs are protected on the basis of traditional IP, customary, regional or international laws or through &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; legislation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, TCEs are protected through traditional copyright law.  For example, in [http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/journals/AILR/1996/20.html &#039;&#039;Milpurrurru v. Indofurn Ply Ltd.&#039;&#039;((.link_red))], aboriginal Australian artists sued to prevent the importation by a Perth-based company of carpets manufactured in Vietnam, upon which were reproduced the designs of several prominent aboriginal artists without their permission.  The designs had been copied from a portfolio of artworks produced by the Australian National Gallery.  The federal court awarded the aboriginal artists substantial damages for copyright infringement and granted an injunction against any further infringement.  The court pointed out that the unauthorized use of the artwork involved the pirating of cultural heritage and that such behavior could have far reaching effects on the Australian cultural environment.  It was deemed especially offensive that the images had been used on a medium (carpet) that was designed to be walked upon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other nations have begun using trademark law to protect TCEs, even when TCEs are not mentioned in national statutes.  For example, in &#039;&#039;&#039;Canada&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039;, as well as &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, indigenous people have sometimes relied (with varying degrees of success) upon trademark law or its equivalent to protect tribal names and other designs and motifs against unauthorized use by others.  Considerable efforts have also been made to protect sacred and culturally significant symbols as well as collective and certification marks under traditional trademark law.  For instance, &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039; provides for design registration, which allows for the registration of features of shape, configuration, pattern or ornamentation applicable to an article.  This system protects the visual form for 16 years, provided that it is new and original and is not based on a pre-existing design.  Still, because of the originality requirement, this system has not yet been effective for protecting folklore.  More effective is the system used in &#039;&#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There, the recently adopted [http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2002/0049/latest/DLM164240.html?search=ts_act_Trade+Marks+Act_resel&amp;amp;sr=1 Trade Marks Act of 2002], prevents the registration of trademarks based on Maori text or imagery where the use or registration of such marks would be offensive to the Maori.  The Commissioner of Trade Marks has set up a Maori Advisory Committee to advise on whether the proposed registration or use of a mark is likely to be offensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039; has not acted to provide general protection for indigenous peoples&#039; traditional knowledge, it has sometimes adopted narrow statutes in response to Native Americans&#039; attempts to regain self-governance and to control the use of their traditional knowledge by non-community members.  Efforts of this sort include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/anti1906.htm Antiquities Act of 1906] (16 U.S.C. §§ 431-33 (2000)), giving the President power to set aside as national monuments certain historic landmarks, structures and other objects of historic interest, &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/hsact35.htm Historic Sites, Buildings and Antiquities Act of 1935] (16 U.S.C. §§ 461-67), empowering the National Park Service to restore, reconstruct, and maintain sites and objects of historic interest, &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/nhpa1966.htm National Historic Preservation Act of 1966] (16 U.S.C. § 470), providing for the maintenance of a National Register of Historic Places and requiring the Secretary of the Interior to establish a program to help Native American tribes to preserve their properties, taking into account tribal values,  &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.doi.gov/iacb/act.html Native American Arts and Crafts Act] (25 U.S.C. § 305 (2000)), intended to assure the authenticity of Native American artifacts, and &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/nagpra/MANDATES/25USC3001etseq.htm Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act] (“NAGPRA”)( 25 U.S.C. § 3001(1)-(13) (2000)), which provided that the ownership or control of Native American cultural items excavated or discovered on federal or tribal lands remained with lineal descendants, Native American tribes, or Hawaiian Organizations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection Using Explicit Reference to TCEs&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries now explicitly refer to folklore in their copyright legislation. Such references take various forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some countries have sections, chapters, or special parts of copyright law that are entirely devoted to folklore.  Countries within this group include &#039;&#039;&#039;Algeria, Bolivia, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Chile, Congo, Ghana, Kenya, Mongolia, Morocco, Namibia, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Rwanda, Seychelles, Togo, Tanzania, Tunisia,&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Zimbabwe&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Congo&#039;&#039;&#039;, for example, folklore is considered party of the country&#039;s heritage, and Congolese copyright law protects folklore without a time limitation.  A &amp;quot;Body of Authors&amp;quot; society is responsible for collecting royalties, representing authors&#039; interests, and overseeing the use of folklore.  Permission must be sought from the society before any public performance, reproduction, or adaptation of folklore for commercial purposes.  This includes the import or distribution of copies of works of national folklore made abroad.  Public agencies are exempted from the obligation to obtain prior authorization to use folklore for non-profit activities, though they still must notify the society before use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;Ghana&#039;&#039;&#039;, the recently adopted [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_pdf.jsp?lang=EN&amp;amp;id=1789. Copyright Act of 2005] significantly changed the way traditional knowledge is protected.  In the Act, copyright protection extends to literary works, artistic works, musical works, sound recordings, broadcasts, cinematographic works, choreographic works, derivative works, and program-carrying broadcast signals.  To be eligible for copyright, the work must be original, in writing (or otherwise reduced to material form), and created by a citizen or resident of Ghana.  The work must also have been first published in Ghana, or, if first published outside Ghana, published in Ghana within thirty days of its original publication.  A work created by an individual is protected for the life of that individual plus fifty years; a work created by a corporation is protected for fifty years from the date on which the work was first made public.  In Ghana, an author has exclusive rights to reproduce the work (with the exception of private use, quotations in other works, and use in pedagogy, which are permitted).  It is an infringement of the copyright to reproduce, sell or exhibit in public for commercial purposes any work without authorization, or to use the work in a manner that adversely affects the reputation of the author.  Both civil and criminal penalties may apply.   Article 59 of the Act establishes a National Folklore Board, which governs the administration, preservation, registration and promotion of expressions of folklore.  The Board may authorize the use of folklore and may determine a fee to be paid.  The Act provides that the copyrights of authors of folklore vest in the government as if the government were the creator of the works.  In Ghana (as in the Central African Republic and Congo), funds from fees or other money accruing from the use of folklore are to be used for social welfare benefits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright laws in several other countries shield traditional knowledge by including folklore in the list of literary and artistic works eligible for regular copyright protection.  Countries adopting this approach include &#039;&#039;&#039;Angola, Benin, Cameroon, Djibouti, Gabon, Guinea, Ivory Coast, Lesotho, Madagascar, Mali, Mozambique, Oman, Republic of Central Africa, Senegal, Togo, Uganda, and Zaire&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, &#039;&#039;&#039;Cameroonian&#039;&#039;&#039; law extends copyright protection to [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_html.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;id=836 &amp;quot;works derived from folklore.&amp;quot;] Users must seek permission from the National Copyright Corporation before any commercial exploitation of folklore may occur. Agents authorized by the Corporation regulate the use of folklore in Cameroon, while the Corporation collects royalties fixed by agreement between the parties and brings infringement actions against unlawful users of protected works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries with Sui Generis Traditional Knowledge Laws&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The countries discussed in the previous section include traditional knowledge in their regular copyright laws, but typically treat TK somewhat differently from other types of copyrighted works.  The members of the final group of countries go one step further.  Instead of classifying TK as a (special) type of copyrighted work, these countries have adopted so-called &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws that create an entirely different sort of legal protection for TK.  (As we will see, the distinction between customized copyright laws and sui generis laws is blurry, but is nevertheless helpful in differentiating the types of approaches to this issue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two early examples of national &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws grew out of countries&#039; efforts to protect the traditional knowledge of indigenous groups concerning the medicinal value of plants.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Ecuador’s&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_html.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;id=1205 Law on Intellectual Property of 1998] protects the country’s biological and genetic heritage and conditions the grant of product or process patents relating to that heritage on the acquisition of rights from the relevant traditional owners.   Similarly, in 1997, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Philippine Congress&#039;&#039;&#039; passed the [http://www.grain.org/brl_files/philippines-ipra-1999-en.pdf Indigenous Peoples Rights Act] “to recognize and promote all the rights of Indigenous Cultural Communities/Indigenous Peoples (ICCs/IPs), including their rights to “preserve and develop their cultures, traditions, and institutions” in cultural property.  The Act affirms the right of ICCs/IPs to the full ownership and control of their cultural and intellectual rights.  Thus, access to biological and genetic resources is permitted only after obtaining the free and informed consent of such communities.  In addition, the Act guarantees ICCs/IPs the right to practice and revitalize their cultural traditions, including “to practice and teach their spiritual and religious traditions, customs and ceremonies; the right to maintain, protect and have access to their religious and cultural sites; the right to the use and control of ceremonial objects; and, the right to the repatriation of human remains.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Policy Arguments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As indicated above, the questions of whether and how to protect traditional knowledge are currently being debated and are highly controversial.  At the international level and within many individual countries, strong differences of opinion can be found.  Set forth below are summaries of the primary arguments made in this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Protect TK? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments from Personhood&#039;&#039;&#039;. For many indigenous groups, TK encompasses cultural elements that are integral to the group&#039;s sense of identity.  One can argue that objects and expressions that are fundamental to a person&#039;s or group&#039;s identity merit protection, and at the extreme, could be considered inalienable.  Similarly, some advocates for TK protection have proposed a &amp;quot;cultural stewardship&amp;quot; justification for this protection.  For example, Kristen Carpenter, Sonya Katyal and Angela Riley advocate allowing indigenous communities to retain control, if not exclusive access and ownership, of TK because of its importance in shaping the identity of the indigenous group and its culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to arguments from personhood are arguments from moral rights, which we discussed in Module 4.  It is argued, just as an individual artist should enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to her creations, so should a community enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to its collective creations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments based on Preservation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Another reason to advocate for protection of TK is that unlike many forms of intellectual property, cultural expressions may require protection in order to preserve their value.  For example, religious ceremonies and sacred rituals may be valuable to a culture in part because they are not widespread; their rarity is integral to their place in the culture.  In order to maintain the value of these traditions, it may be necessary to restrict their use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments based on Reparations&#039;&#039;&#039;. A third argument in favor of protection for TK is based upon the idea that many indigenous cultures have been damaged by invasive colonialism practiced by Western countries in the past few centuries.  Supporters of this argument believe that protection of TK is a way of providing reparations, symbolic as well as monetary, for the wrongs committed against these indigenous groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Should TK be protected? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traditional IP Modes of Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, many nations have used copyright law (either alone or in conjunction with &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws) to protect TK.  However, there are many arguments against using standard copyright to protect TK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;The fixation requirement.&#039;&#039;  Some copyright systems require that a work be fixed in a material form. This is an obstacle in the protection of TCEs, which are not always manifested in tangible expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;Originality.&#039;&#039;  Copyright law requires that a work be &amp;quot;original&amp;quot; in order to merit protection.  Since most TK is &amp;quot;traditional&amp;quot; rather than new, this originality requirement will often be difficult to satisfy.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;Authorship.&#039;&#039;  Much cultural expression develops gradually over time through the contributions of several members of a community.  If no single author or group of authors can be identified, it will be difficult for copyright protection to be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;The term of protection.&#039;&#039;  The term of protection for copyright in most countries is limited.  Many forms of TK are in fact older than the copyright term.  As a result, copyright protection may be unavailable for them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid these difficulties, it is possible for countries to modify copyright legislation so that it has different requirements for folklore or cultural expression.  For example, the [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=31318&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html Tunis Model Law for Copyright in the Developing Countries], adopted in 1976, advocates extending copyright protection to works of folklore without requiring fixation and with an unlimited term of protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Trademark Law&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some expressions of folklore might be registered as trademarks.  Trademark law protects not only graphic representations, but also words and (in some countries) sounds.  An advantage of protection through trademark law is its near indefinite term of protection and its lack of a novelty requirement;  it is sufficient for purposes of protection that the trademark has a &amp;quot;distinctive character.&amp;quot;  However, at least in some countries, trademark protection, unlike copyright and patent protection, requires that the applicant demonstrate use of the mark in commerce.  Many cultural expressions do not have a direct link to commerce and are not used as designations of source to the consuming public.  Furthermore, the application of trademark law to TK is complicated, since by registering a mark the community makes public TK that the community may desire to keep secret for religious or other reasons.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Trademarks, Certification Marks, and Geographic Indicators&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Collective trademarks, certification marks, and geographic indicators form a subset of trademark law that could be particularly useful for the protection of TK.  Collective trademarks are trademarks that are used by a group of producers rather than one producer.  Collective marks are held by an association rather than an individual; in order to be useful for protecting TK, members of indigenous groups would need to form an association for the purpose of marking their cultural expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certification marks indicate that the producer of a good has met certain standards of quality.  (A popular example is the [http://www.goodhousekeeping.com/product-testing/history/welcome-gh-seal Good Housekeeping] certification prominent on household products sold in the United States.)  Certification marks could be used to specify which TCEs meet the standards of the indigenous community in which they originated.  This, like a collective trademark, would require the formation an official oversight organization to act on behalf of the indigenous community in determining which expressions can bear the certification mark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geographic indicators, as the name suggests, are marks that can be placed on products that come from a specific geographic area.  Geographic indicators are often used for food products, such as wines, but some indigenous groups have experimented with using geographic indicators as a means of protecting cultural expressions by authenticating products that are sold elsewhere.  One example of such a program is the Alaskan [http://www.eed.state.ak.us/aksca/Native.htm Silver Hand Program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sui Generis&#039;&#039; Laws&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, where TK does not map onto traditional intellectual property regimes, &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws may be adopted.  &#039;&#039;Sui generis&#039;&#039; legislation is a promising route for advocates of TK protection, as it can provide strong protection while avoiding the hurdles that separate TK from traditional IP subject matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute Ownership&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
One possibility for TK protection is to give absolute ownership of the cultural expression to the indigenous group from which it originated.  However, this is relatively unpopular option, as it would impede the spread of knowledge and risk the loss of cultural expressions and information in the event that the group is disbanded or its members are assimilated into the general population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Negotiation and Mutual Respect&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
Michael Brown argues that the law should, at most, foster &amp;quot;negotiation and mutual respect&amp;quot; between indigenous cultures and those who seek to employ a culture&#039;s traditional expressions.  This approach would give indigenous groups much less protection, but would facilitate, he argues, beneficial cultural interchange.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;International Human Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;==== &lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars, such as Laurence R. Helfer, approach the issue as one of Human Rights.  They advocate granting TK protection that is fair and balanced and not overreaching.  Their ambition is to balance the needs of indigenous groups and the benefits of a robust public domain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this vein, [http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1414900 Duncan M. Matthews] points out that &amp;quot;a human rights approach takes what is often an implicit balance between the rights of inventors and creators and the interests of the wider society within intellectual property paradigms and it makes it far more explicit and exacting.... [T]he rights of the creator are not absolute but conditional on contributing to the common good and welfare of society....  [B]ecause a human rights approach also establishes a different and often more exacting standard for evaluating the appropriateness of granting intellectual property protection, in order for intellectual property to fulfill the conditions necessary to be recognised as a universal human right, intellectual property regimes and the manner they are implemented first and foremost must be consistent with the realisation of the other human rights, particularly those enumerated in the Covenant.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;System of Domain Public Payant&#039;&#039;&#039;==== &lt;br /&gt;
The doctrine of domain public payant, advocated by the [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=31318&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html Tunis Model Law] and discussed at WIPO&#039;s 1999 Round Table on IP and TK [http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=1192 (section 3 b of the Round Table minutes)], advocates payment of royalties for works, including TCEs, that are in the public domain because they do not qualify for protection under traditional intellectual property law.  This would provide monetary compensation for indigenous communities, but would not be a satisfactory solution for communities whose priority is control over their TCEs rather than remuneration.  For more on different versions of domain public payant, see the UNESCO Copyright Bulletin from 1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why not protect TK? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some observers think that legal protection for traditional knowledge is highly problematic.  Here are some of their arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TK does not map onto IP law easily&#039;&#039;&#039;.  As indicated above, traditional cultural expressions are often not put into a fixed form, are not &amp;quot;original,&amp;quot; and do not have a defined author -- three requirements for copyright protection.  Furthermore, as indicated above, most expressions of folklore are not used in commerce as a means of identifying their source, and so would not be eligible for trademark protection.  Finally, patent law may not be available to protect TK because by definition, TK has been used and passed down through generations, and this type of prior public use may preclude patent protection, as least if it is publicly recorded.  Thus, it appears that certain attributes of TK make it a difficult fit with all three of the major types of intellectual property law.  Additionally, protection for TK does not fit well with the principal goals underlying the protection of intellectual property law.  There is little evidence that protection of TK is necessary to incentivize the creation of cultural expression, as other factors have successfully motivated the creation of these expressions for millennia.  Furthermore, the labor-desert theory does not easily fit with TK protection, as those who created the traditional expression are either unidentifiable because the expression was the product of collaboration, or in some cases, long dead.  Current members of the culture do not have as strong a claim for protection from a labor-desert perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection of TK would involve perpetuation of illiberal social hierarchies and oppressive customs within indigenous groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Another argument against providing protection for TK is that doing so may perpetuate inequality and oppression within indigenous groups.  When an indigenous group is given the right to control the use of TK, the powerful members of that indigenous group may benefit at the expense of the group&#039;s minorities.  Paul Kuruk argues that protection of TK may further the oppression of women and subordinated social and economic groups within an indigenous culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection of TK may deprive the world community of valuable knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Some might argue that principles of liberal democracy dictate that knowledge should be freely shared rather than restricted to certain people or groups.  Protection of TK might deprive outsiders of a chance to benefit from the traditions, medicinal or otherwise, of an indigenous culture.  When advancing this argument, however, one should keep in mind that principles of liberal democracy, while widely accepted in the Western world, are not necessarily an agreed-upon starting point for this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Increase awareness rather than changing the law&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Some organizations have advocated protection of TK through nongovernmental organizations and projects rather than through legislation.  For example, the Intergovernmental Committee for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage has compiled a [http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/index.php?pg=00011#list List of Intangible Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding((.link_green))].  UNESCO lists projects for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage in African countries [http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/index.php?pg=00176 here].  Finally, groups of academics and activists have created community standards for those, such as anthropologists, whose work impacts indigenous cultures and may involve sensitive issues of disclosure of TK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the full discussion of TK, see [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/Traditional_Knowledge the Copyright EdX Traditional Knowledge page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4026</id>
		<title>Traditional Knowledge-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4026"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T01:55:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===What Is Traditional Knowledge?===&lt;br /&gt;
Though difficult to define, traditional knowledge (TK) is generally understood to encompass four types of creative works: verbal expressions (stories, epics, legends, folk tales, poetry, riddles, etc.), musical expressions (folk songs and instrumental music), expressions by action (dances, plays, ceremonies, rituals and other performances) and tangible expressions that must be fixed on a permanent material (drawings, designs, paintings (including body-paintings), carvings, sculptures, pottery, mosaics, jewelry, basket work, textiles, carpets, costumes, musical instruments, etc.) More detailed definitions can be found in the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Model Provisions. TK is used interchangeably with the term traditional cultural expressions (TCEs); both refer to music, art, designs, names, signs and symbols, performances, architectural forms, handicrafts and narratives. TCEs are integral to the cultural and social identities of indigenous and local communities. They embody knowledge and skills and transmit core values and beliefs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the Debate About?===&lt;br /&gt;
Several combined forces have recently led to commercialization of TCEs on a global scale without due respect being given to the cultural or economic interests of the communities from which they originate. The Internet provides pervasive access to TCEs. The demand of western consumers for what is sometimes (disrespectfully) called &amp;quot;primitive art&amp;quot; has increased. Finally, tourism in developing countries has exposed more potential consumers to manifestations of folklore that can be found there. As a result, indigenous groups are seeking protection for their TCEs and their responses have affected legislation at national, regional and international levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What types of Traditional Knowledge are Most Frequently Used?===&lt;br /&gt;
Exploitation of TK occurs in different forms. Examples include the unauthorized production of indigenous craft objects in the souvenir market, the unauthorized use of indigenous imagery on clothing, food products, or toys, the unauthorized use of indigenous names or phrases as trademarks, the unauthorized incorporation of traditional dance into commercial performances, and the unauthorized use of traditional music in commercial musical productions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Kind of Legal Liability Governs?===&lt;br /&gt;
What kinds of legal rules (if any) should govern use of traditional knowledge by people who are not members of communities from which the TK originates? This issue is being addressed on national, regional and international levels. TK might be protected through conventional IP law -- for example, through the use of Copyright law, Patent law, Geographical Indicators, or Certification Trademarks. However, many regions and countries have found it difficult to fit TK into traditional IP protection schemes. As a result, some have adopted sui generis laws that apply specifically to TK. Examples of these different approaches are discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How Individual Nations deal with Traditional Knowledge==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Do Not Cover Traditional Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
Several nations have copyright laws that expressly exclude folklore from the list of works eligible for copyright protection. These include: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, Moldova, Russia, Slovenia, The Ukraine, Uzbekistan and Yemen. These countries tend to classify traditional knowledge as within the &amp;quot;public domain&amp;quot; and thus do not restrict use of or access to TK. For instance, Article 9 of the 2002 Copyright Act of Bosnia and Herzegovina states that &amp;quot;the use of folk literature and art creations for the purpose of a literary, artistic or scientific arrangement shall be free.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Cover Traditional Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection Despite No Explicit Reference to TCE&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional IP statutes in some nations contain no explicit references to folklore, but TCEs may still be protected in those nations under copyright law, other traditional intellectual property doctrines, or through special statutes.  For example, most countries in Europe have copyright legislation that may be used to cover traditional knowledge, but do not have any provisions explicitly mentioning TCEs.  These include: &#039;&#039;&#039;Belgium&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Cyprus&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Denmark&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Finland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;France&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Germany&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Iceland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Italy&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Latvia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Luxembourg&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Norway&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Poland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Portugal&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;San Marino&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Spain&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Sweden&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Several other developed countries lack explicit TCE references as well.  These include: &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Canada&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Japan&#039;&#039;&#039;, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Additionally, several countries with recently-enacted copyright legislation have not expressly included TCEs within its scope.  Included in this group are several Asian countries (such as &#039;&#039;&#039;India&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Philippines&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Thailand&#039;&#039;&#039;) and several Caribbean and South American countries (such as &#039;&#039;&#039;Barbados&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;El Salvador&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Saint Vincent and the Grenadines&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Trinidad and Tobago&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Venezuela&#039;&#039;&#039;).  Silence in these statutes, however, does not mean that traditional knowledge is unprotected.  Rather, in these countries TCEs are protected on the basis of traditional IP, customary, regional or international laws or through &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; legislation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, TCEs are protected through traditional copyright law.  For example, in [http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/journals/AILR/1996/20.html &#039;&#039;Milpurrurru v. Indofurn Ply Ltd.&#039;&#039;((.link_red))], aboriginal Australian artists sued to prevent the importation by a Perth-based company of carpets manufactured in Vietnam, upon which were reproduced the designs of several prominent aboriginal artists without their permission.  The designs had been copied from a portfolio of artworks produced by the Australian National Gallery.  The federal court awarded the aboriginal artists substantial damages for copyright infringement and granted an injunction against any further infringement.  The court pointed out that the unauthorized use of the artwork involved the pirating of cultural heritage and that such behavior could have far reaching effects on the Australian cultural environment.  It was deemed especially offensive that the images had been used on a medium (carpet) that was designed to be walked upon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other nations have begun using trademark law to protect TCEs, even when TCEs are not mentioned in national statutes.  For example, in &#039;&#039;&#039;Canada&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039;, as well as &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, indigenous people have sometimes relied (with varying degrees of success) upon trademark law or its equivalent to protect tribal names and other designs and motifs against unauthorized use by others.  Considerable efforts have also been made to protect sacred and culturally significant symbols as well as collective and certification marks under traditional trademark law.  For instance, &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039; provides for design registration, which allows for the registration of features of shape, configuration, pattern or ornamentation applicable to an article.  This system protects the visual form for 16 years, provided that it is new and original and is not based on a pre-existing design.  Still, because of the originality requirement, this system has not yet been effective for protecting folklore.  More effective is the system used in &#039;&#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There, the recently adopted [http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2002/0049/latest/DLM164240.html?search=ts_act_Trade+Marks+Act_resel&amp;amp;sr=1 Trade Marks Act of 2002], prevents the registration of trademarks based on Maori text or imagery where the use or registration of such marks would be offensive to the Maori.  The Commissioner of Trade Marks has set up a Maori Advisory Committee to advise on whether the proposed registration or use of a mark is likely to be offensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039; has not acted to provide general protection for indigenous peoples&#039; traditional knowledge, it has sometimes adopted narrow statutes in response to Native Americans&#039; attempts to regain self-governance and to control the use of their traditional knowledge by non-community members.  Efforts of this sort include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/anti1906.htm Antiquities Act of 1906] (16 U.S.C. §§ 431-33 (2000)), giving the President power to set aside as national monuments certain historic landmarks, structures and other objects of historic interest, &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/hsact35.htm Historic Sites, Buildings and Antiquities Act of 1935] (16 U.S.C. §§ 461-67), empowering the National Park Service to restore, reconstruct, and maintain sites and objects of historic interest, &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/nhpa1966.htm National Historic Preservation Act of 1966] (16 U.S.C. § 470), providing for the maintenance of a National Register of Historic Places and requiring the Secretary of the Interior to establish a program to help Native American tribes to preserve their properties, taking into account tribal values,  &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.doi.gov/iacb/act.html Native American Arts and Crafts Act] (25 U.S.C. § 305 (2000)), intended to assure the authenticity of Native American artifacts, and &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/nagpra/MANDATES/25USC3001etseq.htm Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act] (“NAGPRA”)( 25 U.S.C. § 3001(1)-(13) (2000)), which provided that the ownership or control of Native American cultural items excavated or discovered on federal or tribal lands remained with lineal descendants, Native American tribes, or Hawaiian Organizations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection Using Explicit Reference to TCEs&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries now explicitly refer to folklore in their copyright legislation. Such references take various forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some countries have sections, chapters, or special parts of copyright law that are entirely devoted to folklore.  Countries within this group include &#039;&#039;&#039;Algeria, Bolivia, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Chile, Congo, Ghana, Kenya, Mongolia, Morocco, Namibia, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Rwanda, Seychelles, Togo, Tanzania, Tunisia,&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Zimbabwe&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Congo&#039;&#039;&#039;, for example, folklore is considered party of the country&#039;s heritage, and Congolese copyright law protects folklore without a time limitation.  A &amp;quot;Body of Authors&amp;quot; society is responsible for collecting royalties, representing authors&#039; interests, and overseeing the use of folklore.  Permission must be sought from the society before any public performance, reproduction, or adaptation of folklore for commercial purposes.  This includes the import or distribution of copies of works of national folklore made abroad.  Public agencies are exempted from the obligation to obtain prior authorization to use folklore for non-profit activities, though they still must notify the society before use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;Ghana&#039;&#039;&#039;, the recently adopted [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_pdf.jsp?lang=EN&amp;amp;id=1789. Copyright Act of 2005] significantly changed the way traditional knowledge is protected.  In the Act, copyright protection extends to literary works, artistic works, musical works, sound recordings, broadcasts, cinematographic works, choreographic works, derivative works, and program-carrying broadcast signals.  To be eligible for copyright, the work must be original, in writing (or otherwise reduced to material form), and created by a citizen or resident of Ghana.  The work must also have been first published in Ghana, or, if first published outside Ghana, published in Ghana within thirty days of its original publication.  A work created by an individual is protected for the life of that individual plus fifty years; a work created by a corporation is protected for fifty years from the date on which the work was first made public.  In Ghana, an author has exclusive rights to reproduce the work (with the exception of private use, quotations in other works, and use in pedagogy, which are permitted).  It is an infringement of the copyright to reproduce, sell or exhibit in public for commercial purposes any work without authorization, or to use the work in a manner that adversely affects the reputation of the author.  Both civil and criminal penalties may apply.   Article 59 of the Act establishes a National Folklore Board, which governs the administration, preservation, registration and promotion of expressions of folklore.  The Board may authorize the use of folklore and may determine a fee to be paid.  The Act provides that the copyrights of authors of folklore vest in the government as if the government were the creator of the works.  In Ghana (as in the Central African Republic and Congo), funds from fees or other money accruing from the use of folklore are to be used for social welfare benefits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright laws in several other countries shield traditional knowledge by including folklore in the list of literary and artistic works eligible for regular copyright protection.  Countries adopting this approach include &#039;&#039;&#039;Angola, Benin, Cameroon, Djibouti, Gabon, Guinea, Ivory Coast, Lesotho, Madagascar, Mali, Mozambique, Oman, Republic of Central Africa, Senegal, Togo, Uganda, and Zaire&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, &#039;&#039;&#039;Cameroonian&#039;&#039;&#039; law extends copyright protection to [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_html.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;id=836 &amp;quot;works derived from folklore.&amp;quot;] Users must seek permission from the National Copyright Corporation before any commercial exploitation of folklore may occur. Agents authorized by the Corporation regulate the use of folklore in Cameroon, while the Corporation collects royalties fixed by agreement between the parties and brings infringement actions against unlawful users of protected works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries with Sui Generis Traditional Knowledge Laws&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The countries discussed in the previous section include traditional knowledge in their regular copyright laws, but typically treat TK somewhat differently from other types of copyrighted works.  The members of the final group of countries go one step further.  Instead of classifying TK as a (special) type of copyrighted work, these countries have adopted so-called &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws that create an entirely different sort of legal protection for TK.  (As we will see, the distinction between customized copyright laws and sui generis laws is blurry, but is nevertheless helpful in differentiating the types of approaches to this issue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two early examples of national &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws grew out of countries&#039; efforts to protect the traditional knowledge of indigenous groups concerning the medicinal value of plants.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Ecuador’s&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_html.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;id=1205 Law on Intellectual Property of 1998] protects the country’s biological and genetic heritage and conditions the grant of product or process patents relating to that heritage on the acquisition of rights from the relevant traditional owners.   Similarly, in 1997, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Philippine Congress&#039;&#039;&#039; passed the [http://www.grain.org/brl_files/philippines-ipra-1999-en.pdf Indigenous Peoples Rights Act] “to recognize and promote all the rights of Indigenous Cultural Communities/Indigenous Peoples (ICCs/IPs), including their rights to “preserve and develop their cultures, traditions, and institutions” in cultural property.  The Act affirms the right of ICCs/IPs to the full ownership and control of their cultural and intellectual rights.  Thus, access to biological and genetic resources is permitted only after obtaining the free and informed consent of such communities.  In addition, the Act guarantees ICCs/IPs the right to practice and revitalize their cultural traditions, including “to practice and teach their spiritual and religious traditions, customs and ceremonies; the right to maintain, protect and have access to their religious and cultural sites; the right to the use and control of ceremonial objects; and, the right to the repatriation of human remains.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Policy Arguments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As indicated above, the questions of whether and how to protect traditional knowledge are currently being debated and are highly controversial.  At the international level and within many individual countries, strong differences of opinion can be found.  Set forth below are summaries of the primary arguments made in this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Protect TK? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments from Personhood&#039;&#039;&#039;. For many indigenous groups, TK encompasses cultural elements that are integral to the group&#039;s sense of identity.  One can argue that objects and expressions that are fundamental to a person&#039;s or group&#039;s identity merit protection, and at the extreme, could be considered inalienable.  Similarly, some advocates for TK protection have proposed a &amp;quot;cultural stewardship&amp;quot; justification for this protection.  For example, Kristen Carpenter, Sonya Katyal and Angela Riley advocate allowing indigenous communities to retain control, if not exclusive access and ownership, of TK because of its importance in shaping the identity of the indigenous group and its culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to arguments from personhood are arguments from moral rights, which we discussed in Module 4.  It is argued, just as an individual artist should enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to her creations, so should a community enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to its collective creations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments based on Preservation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Another reason to advocate for protection of TK is that unlike many forms of intellectual property, cultural expressions may require protection in order to preserve their value.  For example, religious ceremonies and sacred rituals may be valuable to a culture in part because they are not widespread; their rarity is integral to their place in the culture.  In order to maintain the value of these traditions, it may be necessary to restrict their use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments based on Reparations&#039;&#039;&#039;. A third argument in favor of protection for TK is based upon the idea that many indigenous cultures have been damaged by invasive colonialism practiced by Western countries in the past few centuries.  Supporters of this argument believe that protection of TK is a way of providing reparations, symbolic as well as monetary, for the wrongs committed against these indigenous groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Should TK be protected? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traditional IP Modes of Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, many nations have used copyright law (either alone or in conjunction with &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws) to protect TK.  However, there are many arguments against using standard copyright to protect TK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;The fixation requirement.&#039;&#039;  Some copyright systems require that a work be fixed in a material form. This is an obstacle in the protection of TCEs, which are not always manifested in tangible expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;Originality.&#039;&#039;  Copyright law requires that a work be &amp;quot;original&amp;quot; in order to merit protection.  Since most TK is &amp;quot;traditional&amp;quot; rather than new, this originality requirement will often be difficult to satisfy.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;Authorship.&#039;&#039;  Much cultural expression develops gradually over time through the contributions of several members of a community.  If no single author or group of authors can be identified, it will be difficult for copyright protection to be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;The term of protection.&#039;&#039;  The term of protection for copyright in most countries is limited.  Many forms of TK are in fact older than the copyright term.  As a result, copyright protection may be unavailable for them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid these difficulties, it is possible for countries to modify copyright legislation so that it has different requirements for folklore or cultural expression.  For example, the [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=31318&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html Tunis Model Law for Copyright in the Developing Countries], adopted in 1976, advocates extending copyright protection to works of folklore without requiring fixation and with an unlimited term of protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Trademark Law&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some expressions of folklore might be registered as trademarks.  Trademark law protects not only graphic representations, but also words and (in some countries) sounds.  An advantage of protection through trademark law is its near indefinite term of protection and its lack of a novelty requirement;  it is sufficient for purposes of protection that the trademark has a &amp;quot;distinctive character.&amp;quot;  However, at least in some countries, trademark protection, unlike copyright and patent protection, requires that the applicant demonstrate use of the mark in commerce.  Many cultural expressions do not have a direct link to commerce and are not used as designations of source to the consuming public.  Furthermore, the application of trademark law to TK is complicated, since by registering a mark the community makes public TK that the community may desire to keep secret for religious or other reasons.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Trademarks, Certification Marks, and Geographic Indicators&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Collective trademarks, certification marks, and geographic indicators form a subset of trademark law that could be particularly useful for the protection of TK.  Collective trademarks are trademarks that are used by a group of producers rather than one producer.  Collective marks are held by an association rather than an individual; in order to be useful for protecting TK, members of indigenous groups would need to form an association for the purpose of marking their cultural expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certification marks indicate that the producer of a good has met certain standards of quality.  (A popular example is the [http://www.goodhousekeeping.com/product-testing/history/welcome-gh-seal Good Housekeeping] certification prominent on household products sold in the United States.)  Certification marks could be used to specify which TCEs meet the standards of the indigenous community in which they originated.  This, like a collective trademark, would require the formation an official oversight organization to act on behalf of the indigenous community in determining which expressions can bear the certification mark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geographic indicators, as the name suggests, are marks that can be placed on products that come from a specific geographic area.  Geographic indicators are often used for food products, such as wines, but some indigenous groups have experimented with using geographic indicators as a means of protecting cultural expressions by authenticating products that are sold elsewhere.  One example of such a program is the Alaskan [http://www.eed.state.ak.us/aksca/Native.htm Silver Hand Program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sui Generis&#039;&#039; Laws&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, where TK does not map onto traditional intellectual property regimes, &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws may be adopted.  &#039;&#039;Sui generis&#039;&#039; legislation is a promising route for advocates of TK protection, as it can provide strong protection while avoiding the hurdles that separate TK from traditional IP subject matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute Ownership&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
One possibility for TK protection is to give absolute ownership of the cultural expression to the indigenous group from which it originated.  However, this is relatively unpopular option, as it would impede the spread of knowledge and risk the loss of cultural expressions and information in the event that the group is disbanded or its members are assimilated into the general population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Negotiation and Mutual Respect&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
Michael Brown argues that the law should, at most, foster &amp;quot;negotiation and mutual respect&amp;quot; between indigenous cultures and those who seek to employ a culture&#039;s traditional expressions.  This approach would give indigenous groups much less protection, but would facilitate, he argues, beneficial cultural interchange.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;International Human Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;==== &lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars, such as Laurence R. Helfer, approach the issue as one of Human Rights.  They advocate granting TK protection that is fair and balanced and not overreaching.  Their ambition is to balance the needs of indigenous groups and the benefits of a robust public domain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this vein, [http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1414900 Duncan M. Matthews] points out that &amp;quot;a human rights approach takes what is often an implicit balance between the rights of inventors and creators and the interests of the wider society within intellectual property paradigms and it makes it far more explicit and exacting.... [T]he rights of the creator are not absolute but conditional on contributing to the common good and welfare of society....  [B]ecause a human rights approach also establishes a different and often more exacting standard for evaluating the appropriateness of granting intellectual property protection, in order for intellectual property to fulfill the conditions necessary to be recognised as a universal human right, intellectual property regimes and the manner they are implemented first and foremost must be consistent with the realisation of the other human rights, particularly those enumerated in the Covenant.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;System of Domain Public Payant&#039;&#039;&#039;==== &lt;br /&gt;
The doctrine of domain public payant, advocated by the [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=31318&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html Tunis Model Law] and discussed at WIPO&#039;s 1999 Round Table on IP and TK [http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=1192 (section 3 b of the Round Table minutes)], advocates payment of royalties for works, including TCEs, that are in the public domain because they do not qualify for protection under traditional intellectual property law.  This would provide monetary compensation for indigenous communities, but would not be a satisfactory solution for communities whose priority is control over their TCEs rather than remuneration.  For more on different versions of domain public payant, see the UNESCO Copyright Bulletin from 1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why not protect TK? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some observers think that legal protection for traditional knowledge is highly problematic.  Here are some of their arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TK does not map onto IP law easily&#039;&#039;&#039;.  As indicated above, traditional cultural expressions are often not put into a fixed form, are not &amp;quot;original,&amp;quot; and do not have a defined author -- three requirements for copyright protection.  Furthermore, as indicated above, most expressions of folklore are not used in commerce as a means of identifying their source, and so would not be eligible for trademark protection.  Finally, patent law may not be available to protect TK because by definition, TK has been used and passed down through generations, and this type of prior public use may preclude patent protection, as least if it is publicly recorded.  Thus, it appears that certain attributes of TK make it a difficult fit with all three of the major types of intellectual property law.  Additionally, protection for TK does not fit well with the principal goals underlying the protection of intellectual property law.  There is little evidence that protection of TK is necessary to incentivize the creation of cultural expression, as other factors have successfully motivated the creation of these expressions for millennia.  Furthermore, the labor-desert theory does not easily fit with TK protection, as those who created the traditional expression are either unidentifiable because the expression was the product of collaboration, or in some cases, long dead.  Current members of the culture do not have as strong a claim for protection from a labor-desert perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection of TK would involve perpetuation of illiberal social hierarchies and oppressive customs within indigenous groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Another argument against providing protection for TK is that doing so may perpetuate inequality and oppression within indigenous groups.  When an indigenous group is given the right to control the use of TK, the powerful members of that indigenous group may benefit at the expense of the group&#039;s minorities.  Paul Kuruk argues that protection of TK may further the oppression of women and subordinated social and economic groups within an indigenous culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection of TK may deprive the world community of valuable knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Some might argue that principles of liberal democracy dictate that knowledge should be freely shared rather than restricted to certain people or groups.  Protection of TK might deprive outsiders of a chance to benefit from the traditions, medicinal or otherwise, of an indigenous culture.  When advancing this argument, however, one should keep in mind that principles of liberal democracy, while widely accepted in the Western world, are not necessarily an agreed-upon starting point for this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Increase awareness rather than changing the law&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Some organizations have advocated protection of TK through nongovernmental organizations and projects rather than through legislation.  For example, the Intergovernmental Committee for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage has compiled a [http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/index.php?pg=00011#list List of Intangible Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding((.link_green))].  UNESCO lists projects for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage in African countries [http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/index.php?pg=00176 here].  Finally, groups of academics and activists have created community standards for those, such as anthropologists, whose work impacts indigenous cultures and may involve sensitive issues of disclosure of TK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the full discussion of TK, see [[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/Traditional_Knowledge]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4025</id>
		<title>Traditional Knowledge-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4025"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T01:54:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===What Is Traditional Knowledge?===&lt;br /&gt;
Though difficult to define, traditional knowledge (TK) is generally understood to encompass four types of creative works: verbal expressions (stories, epics, legends, folk tales, poetry, riddles, etc.), musical expressions (folk songs and instrumental music), expressions by action (dances, plays, ceremonies, rituals and other performances) and tangible expressions that must be fixed on a permanent material (drawings, designs, paintings (including body-paintings), carvings, sculptures, pottery, mosaics, jewelry, basket work, textiles, carpets, costumes, musical instruments, etc.) More detailed definitions can be found in the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Model Provisions. TK is used interchangeably with the term traditional cultural expressions (TCEs); both refer to music, art, designs, names, signs and symbols, performances, architectural forms, handicrafts and narratives. TCEs are integral to the cultural and social identities of indigenous and local communities. They embody knowledge and skills and transmit core values and beliefs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What is the Debate About?===&lt;br /&gt;
Several combined forces have recently led to commercialization of TCEs on a global scale without due respect being given to the cultural or economic interests of the communities from which they originate. The Internet provides pervasive access to TCEs. The demand of western consumers for what is sometimes (disrespectfully) called &amp;quot;primitive art&amp;quot; has increased. Finally, tourism in developing countries has exposed more potential consumers to manifestations of folklore that can be found there. As a result, indigenous groups are seeking protection for their TCEs and their responses have affected legislation at national, regional and international levels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What types of Traditional Knowledge are Most Frequently Used?===&lt;br /&gt;
Exploitation of TK occurs in different forms. Examples include the unauthorized production of indigenous craft objects in the souvenir market, the unauthorized use of indigenous imagery on clothing, food products, or toys, the unauthorized use of indigenous names or phrases as trademarks, the unauthorized incorporation of traditional dance into commercial performances, and the unauthorized use of traditional music in commercial musical productions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===What Kind of Legal Liability Governs?===&lt;br /&gt;
What kinds of legal rules (if any) should govern use of traditional knowledge by people who are not members of communities from which the TK originates? This issue is being addressed on national, regional and international levels. TK might be protected through conventional IP law -- for example, through the use of Copyright law, Patent law, Geographical Indicators, or Certification Trademarks. However, many regions and countries have found it difficult to fit TK into traditional IP protection schemes. As a result, some have adopted sui generis laws that apply specifically to TK. Examples of these different approaches are discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How Individual Nations deal with Traditional Knowledge===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Do Not Cover Traditional Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
Several nations have copyright laws that expressly exclude folklore from the list of works eligible for copyright protection. These include: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, Moldova, Russia, Slovenia, The Ukraine, Uzbekistan and Yemen. These countries tend to classify traditional knowledge as within the &amp;quot;public domain&amp;quot; and thus do not restrict use of or access to TK. For instance, Article 9 of the 2002 Copyright Act of Bosnia and Herzegovina states that &amp;quot;the use of folk literature and art creations for the purpose of a literary, artistic or scientific arrangement shall be free.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Cover Traditional Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection Despite No Explicit Reference to TCE&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional IP statutes in some nations contain no explicit references to folklore, but TCEs may still be protected in those nations under copyright law, other traditional intellectual property doctrines, or through special statutes.  For example, most countries in Europe have copyright legislation that may be used to cover traditional knowledge, but do not have any provisions explicitly mentioning TCEs.  These include: &#039;&#039;&#039;Belgium&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Cyprus&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Denmark&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Finland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;France&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Germany&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Iceland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Italy&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Latvia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Luxembourg&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Norway&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Poland&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Portugal&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;San Marino&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Spain&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Sweden&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Switzerland&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Several other developed countries lack explicit TCE references as well.  These include: &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Canada&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Japan&#039;&#039;&#039;, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Additionally, several countries with recently-enacted copyright legislation have not expressly included TCEs within its scope.  Included in this group are several Asian countries (such as &#039;&#039;&#039;India&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Malaysia&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Philippines&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Thailand&#039;&#039;&#039;) and several Caribbean and South American countries (such as &#039;&#039;&#039;Barbados&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;El Salvador&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Saint Vincent and the Grenadines&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;Trinidad and Tobago&#039;&#039;&#039;, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Venezuela&#039;&#039;&#039;).  Silence in these statutes, however, does not mean that traditional knowledge is unprotected.  Rather, in these countries TCEs are protected on the basis of traditional IP, customary, regional or international laws or through &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; legislation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, TCEs are protected through traditional copyright law.  For example, in [http://www.austlii.edu.au/au/journals/AILR/1996/20.html &#039;&#039;Milpurrurru v. Indofurn Ply Ltd.&#039;&#039;((.link_red))], aboriginal Australian artists sued to prevent the importation by a Perth-based company of carpets manufactured in Vietnam, upon which were reproduced the designs of several prominent aboriginal artists without their permission.  The designs had been copied from a portfolio of artworks produced by the Australian National Gallery.  The federal court awarded the aboriginal artists substantial damages for copyright infringement and granted an injunction against any further infringement.  The court pointed out that the unauthorized use of the artwork involved the pirating of cultural heritage and that such behavior could have far reaching effects on the Australian cultural environment.  It was deemed especially offensive that the images had been used on a medium (carpet) that was designed to be walked upon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other nations have begun using trademark law to protect TCEs, even when TCEs are not mentioned in national statutes.  For example, in &#039;&#039;&#039;Canada&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;&#039; and the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039;, as well as &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039;, indigenous people have sometimes relied (with varying degrees of success) upon trademark law or its equivalent to protect tribal names and other designs and motifs against unauthorized use by others.  Considerable efforts have also been made to protect sacred and culturally significant symbols as well as collective and certification marks under traditional trademark law.  For instance, &#039;&#039;&#039;Australia&#039;&#039;&#039; provides for design registration, which allows for the registration of features of shape, configuration, pattern or ornamentation applicable to an article.  This system protects the visual form for 16 years, provided that it is new and original and is not based on a pre-existing design.  Still, because of the originality requirement, this system has not yet been effective for protecting folklore.  More effective is the system used in &#039;&#039;&#039;New Zealand&#039;&#039;&#039;.  There, the recently adopted [http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/2002/0049/latest/DLM164240.html?search=ts_act_Trade+Marks+Act_resel&amp;amp;sr=1 Trade Marks Act of 2002], prevents the registration of trademarks based on Maori text or imagery where the use or registration of such marks would be offensive to the Maori.  The Commissioner of Trade Marks has set up a Maori Advisory Committee to advise on whether the proposed registration or use of a mark is likely to be offensive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the &#039;&#039;&#039;United States&#039;&#039;&#039; has not acted to provide general protection for indigenous peoples&#039; traditional knowledge, it has sometimes adopted narrow statutes in response to Native Americans&#039; attempts to regain self-governance and to control the use of their traditional knowledge by non-community members.  Efforts of this sort include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/anti1906.htm Antiquities Act of 1906] (16 U.S.C. §§ 431-33 (2000)), giving the President power to set aside as national monuments certain historic landmarks, structures and other objects of historic interest, &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/hsact35.htm Historic Sites, Buildings and Antiquities Act of 1935] (16 U.S.C. §§ 461-67), empowering the National Park Service to restore, reconstruct, and maintain sites and objects of historic interest, &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/history/local-law/nhpa1966.htm National Historic Preservation Act of 1966] (16 U.S.C. § 470), providing for the maintenance of a National Register of Historic Places and requiring the Secretary of the Interior to establish a program to help Native American tribes to preserve their properties, taking into account tribal values,  &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.doi.gov/iacb/act.html Native American Arts and Crafts Act] (25 U.S.C. § 305 (2000)), intended to assure the authenticity of Native American artifacts, and &lt;br /&gt;
* the [http://www.nps.gov/nagpra/MANDATES/25USC3001etseq.htm Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act] (“NAGPRA”)( 25 U.S.C. § 3001(1)-(13) (2000)), which provided that the ownership or control of Native American cultural items excavated or discovered on federal or tribal lands remained with lineal descendants, Native American tribes, or Hawaiian Organizations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection Using Explicit Reference to TCEs&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries now explicitly refer to folklore in their copyright legislation. Such references take various forms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some countries have sections, chapters, or special parts of copyright law that are entirely devoted to folklore.  Countries within this group include &#039;&#039;&#039;Algeria, Bolivia, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Chile, Congo, Ghana, Kenya, Mongolia, Morocco, Namibia, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Rwanda, Seychelles, Togo, Tanzania, Tunisia,&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Zimbabwe&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Congo&#039;&#039;&#039;, for example, folklore is considered party of the country&#039;s heritage, and Congolese copyright law protects folklore without a time limitation.  A &amp;quot;Body of Authors&amp;quot; society is responsible for collecting royalties, representing authors&#039; interests, and overseeing the use of folklore.  Permission must be sought from the society before any public performance, reproduction, or adaptation of folklore for commercial purposes.  This includes the import or distribution of copies of works of national folklore made abroad.  Public agencies are exempted from the obligation to obtain prior authorization to use folklore for non-profit activities, though they still must notify the society before use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;&#039;Ghana&#039;&#039;&#039;, the recently adopted [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_pdf.jsp?lang=EN&amp;amp;id=1789. Copyright Act of 2005] significantly changed the way traditional knowledge is protected.  In the Act, copyright protection extends to literary works, artistic works, musical works, sound recordings, broadcasts, cinematographic works, choreographic works, derivative works, and program-carrying broadcast signals.  To be eligible for copyright, the work must be original, in writing (or otherwise reduced to material form), and created by a citizen or resident of Ghana.  The work must also have been first published in Ghana, or, if first published outside Ghana, published in Ghana within thirty days of its original publication.  A work created by an individual is protected for the life of that individual plus fifty years; a work created by a corporation is protected for fifty years from the date on which the work was first made public.  In Ghana, an author has exclusive rights to reproduce the work (with the exception of private use, quotations in other works, and use in pedagogy, which are permitted).  It is an infringement of the copyright to reproduce, sell or exhibit in public for commercial purposes any work without authorization, or to use the work in a manner that adversely affects the reputation of the author.  Both civil and criminal penalties may apply.   Article 59 of the Act establishes a National Folklore Board, which governs the administration, preservation, registration and promotion of expressions of folklore.  The Board may authorize the use of folklore and may determine a fee to be paid.  The Act provides that the copyrights of authors of folklore vest in the government as if the government were the creator of the works.  In Ghana (as in the Central African Republic and Congo), funds from fees or other money accruing from the use of folklore are to be used for social welfare benefits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright laws in several other countries shield traditional knowledge by including folklore in the list of literary and artistic works eligible for regular copyright protection.  Countries adopting this approach include &#039;&#039;&#039;Angola, Benin, Cameroon, Djibouti, Gabon, Guinea, Ivory Coast, Lesotho, Madagascar, Mali, Mozambique, Oman, Republic of Central Africa, Senegal, Togo, Uganda, and Zaire&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, &#039;&#039;&#039;Cameroonian&#039;&#039;&#039; law extends copyright protection to [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_html.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;id=836 &amp;quot;works derived from folklore.&amp;quot;] Users must seek permission from the National Copyright Corporation before any commercial exploitation of folklore may occur. Agents authorized by the Corporation regulate the use of folklore in Cameroon, while the Corporation collects royalties fixed by agreement between the parties and brings infringement actions against unlawful users of protected works. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Countries with Sui Generis Traditional Knowledge Laws&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The countries discussed in the previous section include traditional knowledge in their regular copyright laws, but typically treat TK somewhat differently from other types of copyrighted works.  The members of the final group of countries go one step further.  Instead of classifying TK as a (special) type of copyrighted work, these countries have adopted so-called &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws that create an entirely different sort of legal protection for TK.  (As we will see, the distinction between customized copyright laws and sui generis laws is blurry, but is nevertheless helpful in differentiating the types of approaches to this issue.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two early examples of national &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws grew out of countries&#039; efforts to protect the traditional knowledge of indigenous groups concerning the medicinal value of plants.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Ecuador’s&#039;&#039;&#039; [http://www.wipo.int/clea/en/text_html.jsp?lang=en&amp;amp;id=1205 Law on Intellectual Property of 1998] protects the country’s biological and genetic heritage and conditions the grant of product or process patents relating to that heritage on the acquisition of rights from the relevant traditional owners.   Similarly, in 1997, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Philippine Congress&#039;&#039;&#039; passed the [http://www.grain.org/brl_files/philippines-ipra-1999-en.pdf Indigenous Peoples Rights Act] “to recognize and promote all the rights of Indigenous Cultural Communities/Indigenous Peoples (ICCs/IPs), including their rights to “preserve and develop their cultures, traditions, and institutions” in cultural property.  The Act affirms the right of ICCs/IPs to the full ownership and control of their cultural and intellectual rights.  Thus, access to biological and genetic resources is permitted only after obtaining the free and informed consent of such communities.  In addition, the Act guarantees ICCs/IPs the right to practice and revitalize their cultural traditions, including “to practice and teach their spiritual and religious traditions, customs and ceremonies; the right to maintain, protect and have access to their religious and cultural sites; the right to the use and control of ceremonial objects; and, the right to the repatriation of human remains.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Policy Arguments==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As indicated above, the questions of whether and how to protect traditional knowledge are currently being debated and are highly controversial.  At the international level and within many individual countries, strong differences of opinion can be found.  Set forth below are summaries of the primary arguments made in this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why Protect TK? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments from Personhood&#039;&#039;&#039;. For many indigenous groups, TK encompasses cultural elements that are integral to the group&#039;s sense of identity.  One can argue that objects and expressions that are fundamental to a person&#039;s or group&#039;s identity merit protection, and at the extreme, could be considered inalienable.  Similarly, some advocates for TK protection have proposed a &amp;quot;cultural stewardship&amp;quot; justification for this protection.  For example, Kristen Carpenter, Sonya Katyal and Angela Riley advocate allowing indigenous communities to retain control, if not exclusive access and ownership, of TK because of its importance in shaping the identity of the indigenous group and its culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to arguments from personhood are arguments from moral rights, which we discussed in Module 4.  It is argued, just as an individual artist should enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to her creations, so should a community enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to its collective creations.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments based on Preservation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Another reason to advocate for protection of TK is that unlike many forms of intellectual property, cultural expressions may require protection in order to preserve their value.  For example, religious ceremonies and sacred rituals may be valuable to a culture in part because they are not widespread; their rarity is integral to their place in the culture.  In order to maintain the value of these traditions, it may be necessary to restrict their use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Arguments based on Reparations&#039;&#039;&#039;. A third argument in favor of protection for TK is based upon the idea that many indigenous cultures have been damaged by invasive colonialism practiced by Western countries in the past few centuries.  Supporters of this argument believe that protection of TK is a way of providing reparations, symbolic as well as monetary, for the wrongs committed against these indigenous groups.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How Should TK be protected? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Traditional IP Modes of Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, many nations have used copyright law (either alone or in conjunction with &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws) to protect TK.  However, there are many arguments against using standard copyright to protect TK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;The fixation requirement.&#039;&#039;  Some copyright systems require that a work be fixed in a material form. This is an obstacle in the protection of TCEs, which are not always manifested in tangible expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;Originality.&#039;&#039;  Copyright law requires that a work be &amp;quot;original&amp;quot; in order to merit protection.  Since most TK is &amp;quot;traditional&amp;quot; rather than new, this originality requirement will often be difficult to satisfy.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;Authorship.&#039;&#039;  Much cultural expression develops gradually over time through the contributions of several members of a community.  If no single author or group of authors can be identified, it will be difficult for copyright protection to be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;The term of protection.&#039;&#039;  The term of protection for copyright in most countries is limited.  Many forms of TK are in fact older than the copyright term.  As a result, copyright protection may be unavailable for them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid these difficulties, it is possible for countries to modify copyright legislation so that it has different requirements for folklore or cultural expression.  For example, the [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=31318&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html Tunis Model Law for Copyright in the Developing Countries], adopted in 1976, advocates extending copyright protection to works of folklore without requiring fixation and with an unlimited term of protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Trademark Law&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some expressions of folklore might be registered as trademarks.  Trademark law protects not only graphic representations, but also words and (in some countries) sounds.  An advantage of protection through trademark law is its near indefinite term of protection and its lack of a novelty requirement;  it is sufficient for purposes of protection that the trademark has a &amp;quot;distinctive character.&amp;quot;  However, at least in some countries, trademark protection, unlike copyright and patent protection, requires that the applicant demonstrate use of the mark in commerce.  Many cultural expressions do not have a direct link to commerce and are not used as designations of source to the consuming public.  Furthermore, the application of trademark law to TK is complicated, since by registering a mark the community makes public TK that the community may desire to keep secret for religious or other reasons.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Trademarks, Certification Marks, and Geographic Indicators&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Collective trademarks, certification marks, and geographic indicators form a subset of trademark law that could be particularly useful for the protection of TK.  Collective trademarks are trademarks that are used by a group of producers rather than one producer.  Collective marks are held by an association rather than an individual; in order to be useful for protecting TK, members of indigenous groups would need to form an association for the purpose of marking their cultural expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certification marks indicate that the producer of a good has met certain standards of quality.  (A popular example is the [http://www.goodhousekeeping.com/product-testing/history/welcome-gh-seal Good Housekeeping] certification prominent on household products sold in the United States.)  Certification marks could be used to specify which TCEs meet the standards of the indigenous community in which they originated.  This, like a collective trademark, would require the formation an official oversight organization to act on behalf of the indigenous community in determining which expressions can bear the certification mark. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geographic indicators, as the name suggests, are marks that can be placed on products that come from a specific geographic area.  Geographic indicators are often used for food products, such as wines, but some indigenous groups have experimented with using geographic indicators as a means of protecting cultural expressions by authenticating products that are sold elsewhere.  One example of such a program is the Alaskan [http://www.eed.state.ak.us/aksca/Native.htm Silver Hand Program].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sui Generis&#039;&#039; Laws&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, where TK does not map onto traditional intellectual property regimes, &#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039; laws may be adopted.  &#039;&#039;Sui generis&#039;&#039; legislation is a promising route for advocates of TK protection, as it can provide strong protection while avoiding the hurdles that separate TK from traditional IP subject matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Absolute Ownership&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
One possibility for TK protection is to give absolute ownership of the cultural expression to the indigenous group from which it originated.  However, this is relatively unpopular option, as it would impede the spread of knowledge and risk the loss of cultural expressions and information in the event that the group is disbanded or its members are assimilated into the general population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;Negotiation and Mutual Respect&#039;&#039;&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
Michael Brown argues that the law should, at most, foster &amp;quot;negotiation and mutual respect&amp;quot; between indigenous cultures and those who seek to employ a culture&#039;s traditional expressions.  This approach would give indigenous groups much less protection, but would facilitate, he argues, beneficial cultural interchange.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;International Human Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;==== &lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars, such as Laurence R. Helfer, approach the issue as one of Human Rights.  They advocate granting TK protection that is fair and balanced and not overreaching.  Their ambition is to balance the needs of indigenous groups and the benefits of a robust public domain. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this vein, [http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1414900 Duncan M. Matthews] points out that &amp;quot;a human rights approach takes what is often an implicit balance between the rights of inventors and creators and the interests of the wider society within intellectual property paradigms and it makes it far more explicit and exacting.... [T]he rights of the creator are not absolute but conditional on contributing to the common good and welfare of society....  [B]ecause a human rights approach also establishes a different and often more exacting standard for evaluating the appropriateness of granting intellectual property protection, in order for intellectual property to fulfill the conditions necessary to be recognised as a universal human right, intellectual property regimes and the manner they are implemented first and foremost must be consistent with the realisation of the other human rights, particularly those enumerated in the Covenant.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;&#039;System of Domain Public Payant&#039;&#039;&#039;==== &lt;br /&gt;
The doctrine of domain public payant, advocated by the [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=31318&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html Tunis Model Law] and discussed at WIPO&#039;s 1999 Round Table on IP and TK [http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=1192 (section 3 b of the Round Table minutes)], advocates payment of royalties for works, including TCEs, that are in the public domain because they do not qualify for protection under traditional intellectual property law.  This would provide monetary compensation for indigenous communities, but would not be a satisfactory solution for communities whose priority is control over their TCEs rather than remuneration.  For more on different versions of domain public payant, see the UNESCO Copyright Bulletin from 1994.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why not protect TK? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some observers think that legal protection for traditional knowledge is highly problematic.  Here are some of their arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;TK does not map onto IP law easily&#039;&#039;&#039;.  As indicated above, traditional cultural expressions are often not put into a fixed form, are not &amp;quot;original,&amp;quot; and do not have a defined author -- three requirements for copyright protection.  Furthermore, as indicated above, most expressions of folklore are not used in commerce as a means of identifying their source, and so would not be eligible for trademark protection.  Finally, patent law may not be available to protect TK because by definition, TK has been used and passed down through generations, and this type of prior public use may preclude patent protection, as least if it is publicly recorded.  Thus, it appears that certain attributes of TK make it a difficult fit with all three of the major types of intellectual property law.  Additionally, protection for TK does not fit well with the principal goals underlying the protection of intellectual property law.  There is little evidence that protection of TK is necessary to incentivize the creation of cultural expression, as other factors have successfully motivated the creation of these expressions for millennia.  Furthermore, the labor-desert theory does not easily fit with TK protection, as those who created the traditional expression are either unidentifiable because the expression was the product of collaboration, or in some cases, long dead.  Current members of the culture do not have as strong a claim for protection from a labor-desert perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection of TK would involve perpetuation of illiberal social hierarchies and oppressive customs within indigenous groups&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Another argument against providing protection for TK is that doing so may perpetuate inequality and oppression within indigenous groups.  When an indigenous group is given the right to control the use of TK, the powerful members of that indigenous group may benefit at the expense of the group&#039;s minorities.  Paul Kuruk argues that protection of TK may further the oppression of women and subordinated social and economic groups within an indigenous culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Protection of TK may deprive the world community of valuable knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Some might argue that principles of liberal democracy dictate that knowledge should be freely shared rather than restricted to certain people or groups.  Protection of TK might deprive outsiders of a chance to benefit from the traditions, medicinal or otherwise, of an indigenous culture.  When advancing this argument, however, one should keep in mind that principles of liberal democracy, while widely accepted in the Western world, are not necessarily an agreed-upon starting point for this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Increase awareness rather than changing the law&#039;&#039;&#039;.  Some organizations have advocated protection of TK through nongovernmental organizations and projects rather than through legislation.  For example, the Intergovernmental Committee for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage has compiled a [http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/index.php?pg=00011#list List of Intangible Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding((.link_green))].  UNESCO lists projects for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage in African countries [http://www.unesco.org/culture/ich/index.php?pg=00176 here].  Finally, groups of academics and activists have created community standards for those, such as anthropologists, whose work impacts indigenous cultures and may involve sensitive issues of disclosure of TK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the full discussion of TK, see [[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/Traditional_Knowledge]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4024</id>
		<title>Traditional Knowledge-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Traditional_Knowledge-JA&amp;diff=4024"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T01:46:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: Created page with &amp;quot;What Is Traditional Knowledge? Though difficult to define, traditional knowledge (TK) is generally understood to encompass four types of creative works: verbal expressions (st...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;What Is Traditional Knowledge?&lt;br /&gt;
Though difficult to define, traditional knowledge (TK) is generally understood to encompass four types of creative works: verbal expressions (stories, epics, legends, folk tales, poetry, riddles, etc.), musical expressions (folk songs and instrumental music), expressions by action (dances, plays, ceremonies, rituals and other performances) and tangible expressions that must be fixed on a permanent material (drawings, designs, paintings (including body-paintings), carvings, sculptures, pottery, mosaics, jewelry, basket work, textiles, carpets, costumes, musical instruments, etc.) More detailed definitions can be found in the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) and United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) Model Provisions. TK is used interchangeably with the term traditional cultural expressions (TCEs); both refer to music, art, designs, names, signs and symbols, performances, architectural forms, handicrafts and narratives. TCEs are integral to the cultural and social identities of indigenous and local communities. They embody knowledge and skills and transmit core values and beliefs.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] What is the Debate About?&lt;br /&gt;
Several combined forces have recently led to commercialization of TCEs on a global scale without due respect being given to the cultural or economic interests of the communities from which they originate. The Internet provides pervasive access to TCEs. The demand of western consumers for what is sometimes (disrespectfully) called &amp;quot;primitive art&amp;quot; has increased. Finally, tourism in developing countries has exposed more potential consumers to manifestations of folklore that can be found there. As a result, indigenous groups are seeking protection for their TCEs and their responses have affected legislation at national, regional and international levels.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] What types of Traditional Knowledge are Most Frequently Used?&lt;br /&gt;
Exploitation of TK occurs in different forms. Examples include the unauthorized production of indigenous craft objects in the souvenir market, the unauthorized use of indigenous imagery on clothing, food products, or toys, the unauthorized use of indigenous names or phrases as trademarks, the unauthorized incorporation of traditional dance into commercial performances, and the unauthorized use of traditional music in commercial musical productions.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] What Kind of Legal Liability Governs?&lt;br /&gt;
What kinds of legal rules (if any) should govern use of traditional knowledge by people who are not members of communities from which the TK originates? This issue is being addressed on national, regional and international levels. TK might be protected through conventional IP law -- for example, through the use of Copyright law, Patent law, Geographical Indicators, or Certification Trademarks. However, many regions and countries have found it difficult to fit TK into traditional IP protection schemes. As a result, some have adopted sui generis laws that apply specifically to TK. Examples of these different approaches are discussed below.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit]&lt;br /&gt;
How Individual Nations deal with Traditional Knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[edit]Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Do Not Cover Traditional Knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
Several nations have copyright laws that expressly exclude folklore from the list of works eligible for copyright protection. These include: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Bulgaria, Estonia, Greece, Hungary, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, Moldova, Russia, Slovenia, The Ukraine, Uzbekistan and Yemen. These countries tend to classify traditional knowledge as within the &amp;quot;public domain&amp;quot; and thus do not restrict use of or access to TK. For instance, Article 9 of the 2002 Copyright Act of Bosnia and Herzegovina states that &amp;quot;the use of folk literature and art creations for the purpose of a literary, artistic or scientific arrangement shall be free.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Countries Whose Traditional IP Laws Cover Traditional Knowledge&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Protection Despite No Explicit Reference to TCE&lt;br /&gt;
The traditional IP statutes in some nations contain no explicit references to folklore, but TCEs may still be protected in those nations under copyright law, other traditional intellectual property doctrines, or through special statutes. For example, most countries in Europe have copyright legislation that may be used to cover traditional knowledge, but do not have any provisions explicitly mentioning TCEs. These include: Belgium, Cyprus, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Norway, Poland, Portugal, San Marino, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland. Several other developed countries lack explicit TCE references as well. These include: Australia, Canada, Japan, and the United States. Additionally, several countries with recently-enacted copyright legislation have not expressly included TCEs within its scope. Included in this group are several Asian countries (such as India, Malaysia, Philippines, and Thailand) and several Caribbean and South American countries (such as Barbados, El Salvador, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Trinidad and Tobago, and Venezuela). Silence in these statutes, however, does not mean that traditional knowledge is unprotected. Rather, in these countries TCEs are protected on the basis of traditional IP, customary, regional or international laws or through sui generis legislation.&lt;br /&gt;
In Australia, TCEs are protected through traditional copyright law. For example, in Milpurrurru v. Indofurn Ply Ltd.((.link_red)), aboriginal Australian artists sued to prevent the importation by a Perth-based company of carpets manufactured in Vietnam, upon which were reproduced the designs of several prominent aboriginal artists without their permission. The designs had been copied from a portfolio of artworks produced by the Australian National Gallery. The federal court awarded the aboriginal artists substantial damages for copyright infringement and granted an injunction against any further infringement. The court pointed out that the unauthorized use of the artwork involved the pirating of cultural heritage and that such behavior could have far reaching effects on the Australian cultural environment. It was deemed especially offensive that the images had been used on a medium (carpet) that was designed to be walked upon.&lt;br /&gt;
Other nations have begun using trademark law to protect TCEs, even when TCEs are not mentioned in national statutes. For example, in Canada, New Zealand and the United States, as well as Australia, indigenous people have sometimes relied (with varying degrees of success) upon trademark law or its equivalent to protect tribal names and other designs and motifs against unauthorized use by others. Considerable efforts have also been made to protect sacred and culturally significant symbols as well as collective and certification marks under traditional trademark law. For instance, Australia provides for design registration, which allows for the registration of features of shape, configuration, pattern or ornamentation applicable to an article. This system protects the visual form for 16 years, provided that it is new and original and is not based on a pre-existing design. Still, because of the originality requirement, this system has not yet been effective for protecting folklore. More effective is the system used in New Zealand. There, the recently adopted Trade Marks Act of 2002, prevents the registration of trademarks based on Maori text or imagery where the use or registration of such marks would be offensive to the Maori. The Commissioner of Trade Marks has set up a Maori Advisory Committee to advise on whether the proposed registration or use of a mark is likely to be offensive.&lt;br /&gt;
Although the United States has not acted to provide general protection for indigenous peoples&#039; traditional knowledge, it has sometimes adopted narrow statutes in response to Native Americans&#039; attempts to regain self-governance and to control the use of their traditional knowledge by non-community members. Efforts of this sort include:&lt;br /&gt;
the Antiquities Act of 1906 (16 U.S.C. §§ 431-33 (2000)), giving the President power to set aside as national monuments certain historic landmarks, structures and other objects of historic interest,&lt;br /&gt;
the Historic Sites, Buildings and Antiquities Act of 1935 (16 U.S.C. §§ 461-67), empowering the National Park Service to restore, reconstruct, and maintain sites and objects of historic interest,&lt;br /&gt;
the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. § 470), providing for the maintenance of a National Register of Historic Places and requiring the Secretary of the Interior to establish a program to help Native American tribes to preserve their properties, taking into account tribal values,&lt;br /&gt;
the Native American Arts and Crafts Act (25 U.S.C. § 305 (2000)), intended to assure the authenticity of Native American artifacts, and&lt;br /&gt;
the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act (“NAGPRA”)( 25 U.S.C. § 3001(1)-(13) (2000)), which provided that the ownership or control of Native American cultural items excavated or discovered on federal or tribal lands remained with lineal descendants, Native American tribes, or Hawaiian Organizations.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Protection Using Explicit Reference to TCEs&lt;br /&gt;
Many countries now explicitly refer to folklore in their copyright legislation. Such references take various forms.&lt;br /&gt;
Some countries have sections, chapters, or special parts of copyright law that are entirely devoted to folklore. Countries within this group include Algeria, Bolivia, Brazil, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Chile, Congo, Ghana, Kenya, Mongolia, Morocco, Namibia, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Rwanda, Seychelles, Togo, Tanzania, Tunisia, and Zimbabwe.&lt;br /&gt;
In the Congo, for example, folklore is considered party of the country&#039;s heritage, and Congolese copyright law protects folklore without a time limitation. A &amp;quot;Body of Authors&amp;quot; society is responsible for collecting royalties, representing authors&#039; interests, and overseeing the use of folklore. Permission must be sought from the society before any public performance, reproduction, or adaptation of folklore for commercial purposes. This includes the import or distribution of copies of works of national folklore made abroad. Public agencies are exempted from the obligation to obtain prior authorization to use folklore for non-profit activities, though they still must notify the society before use.&lt;br /&gt;
In Ghana, the recently adopted Copyright Act of 2005 significantly changed the way traditional knowledge is protected. In the Act, copyright protection extends to literary works, artistic works, musical works, sound recordings, broadcasts, cinematographic works, choreographic works, derivative works, and program-carrying broadcast signals. To be eligible for copyright, the work must be original, in writing (or otherwise reduced to material form), and created by a citizen or resident of Ghana. The work must also have been first published in Ghana, or, if first published outside Ghana, published in Ghana within thirty days of its original publication. A work created by an individual is protected for the life of that individual plus fifty years; a work created by a corporation is protected for fifty years from the date on which the work was first made public. In Ghana, an author has exclusive rights to reproduce the work (with the exception of private use, quotations in other works, and use in pedagogy, which are permitted). It is an infringement of the copyright to reproduce, sell or exhibit in public for commercial purposes any work without authorization, or to use the work in a manner that adversely affects the reputation of the author. Both civil and criminal penalties may apply. Article 59 of the Act establishes a National Folklore Board, which governs the administration, preservation, registration and promotion of expressions of folklore. The Board may authorize the use of folklore and may determine a fee to be paid. The Act provides that the copyrights of authors of folklore vest in the government as if the government were the creator of the works. In Ghana (as in the Central African Republic and Congo), funds from fees or other money accruing from the use of folklore are to be used for social welfare benefits.&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright laws in several other countries shield traditional knowledge by including folklore in the list of literary and artistic works eligible for regular copyright protection. Countries adopting this approach include Angola, Benin, Cameroon, Djibouti, Gabon, Guinea, Ivory Coast, Lesotho, Madagascar, Mali, Mozambique, Oman, Republic of Central Africa, Senegal, Togo, Uganda, and Zaire.&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, Cameroonian law extends copyright protection to &amp;quot;works derived from folklore.&amp;quot; Users must seek permission from the National Copyright Corporation before any commercial exploitation of folklore may occur. Agents authorized by the Corporation regulate the use of folklore in Cameroon, while the Corporation collects royalties fixed by agreement between the parties and brings infringement actions against unlawful users of protected works.&lt;br /&gt;
Countries with Sui Generis Traditional Knowledge Laws&lt;br /&gt;
The countries discussed in the previous section include traditional knowledge in their regular copyright laws, but typically treat TK somewhat differently from other types of copyrighted works. The members of the final group of countries go one step further. Instead of classifying TK as a (special) type of copyrighted work, these countries have adopted so-called sui generis laws that create an entirely different sort of legal protection for TK. (As we will see, the distinction between customized copyright laws and sui generis laws is blurry, but is nevertheless helpful in differentiating the types of approaches to this issue.)&lt;br /&gt;
Two early examples of national sui generis laws grew out of countries&#039; efforts to protect the traditional knowledge of indigenous groups concerning the medicinal value of plants. Ecuador’s Law on Intellectual Property of 1998 protects the country’s biological and genetic heritage and conditions the grant of product or process patents relating to that heritage on the acquisition of rights from the relevant traditional owners. Similarly, in 1997, the Philippine Congress passed the Indigenous Peoples Rights Act “to recognize and promote all the rights of Indigenous Cultural Communities/Indigenous Peoples (ICCs/IPs), including their rights to “preserve and develop their cultures, traditions, and institutions” in cultural property. The Act affirms the right of ICCs/IPs to the full ownership and control of their cultural and intellectual rights. Thus, access to biological and genetic resources is permitted only after obtaining the free and informed consent of such communities. In addition, the Act guarantees ICCs/IPs the right to practice and revitalize their cultural traditions, including “to practice and teach their spiritual and religious traditions, customs and ceremonies; the right to maintain, protect and have access to their religious and cultural sites; the right to the use and control of ceremonial objects; and, the right to the repatriation of human remains.”&lt;br /&gt;
Policy Arguments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As indicated above, the questions of whether and how to protect traditional knowledge are currently being debated and are highly controversial. At the international level and within many individual countries, strong differences of opinion can be found. Set forth below are summaries of the primary arguments made in this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit]Why Protect TK?&lt;br /&gt;
Arguments from Personhood. For many indigenous groups, TK encompasses cultural elements that are integral to the group&#039;s sense of identity. One can argue that objects and expressions that are fundamental to a person&#039;s or group&#039;s identity merit protection, and at the extreme, could be considered inalienable. Similarly, some advocates for TK protection have proposed a &amp;quot;cultural stewardship&amp;quot; justification for this protection. For example, Kristen Carpenter, Sonya Katyal and Angela Riley advocate allowing indigenous communities to retain control, if not exclusive access and ownership, of TK because of its importance in shaping the identity of the indigenous group and its culture.&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to arguments from personhood are arguments from moral rights, which we discussed in Module 4. It is argued, just as an individual artist should enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to her creations, so should a community enjoy a right of attribution and integrity with respect to its collective creations.&lt;br /&gt;
Arguments based on Preservation. Another reason to advocate for protection of TK is that unlike many forms of intellectual property, cultural expressions may require protection in order to preserve their value. For example, religious ceremonies and sacred rituals may be valuable to a culture in part because they are not widespread; their rarity is integral to their place in the culture. In order to maintain the value of these traditions, it may be necessary to restrict their use.&lt;br /&gt;
Arguments based on Reparations. A third argument in favor of protection for TK is based upon the idea that many indigenous cultures have been damaged by invasive colonialism practiced by Western countries in the past few centuries. Supporters of this argument believe that protection of TK is a way of providing reparations, symbolic as well as monetary, for the wrongs committed against these indigenous groups.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] How Should TK be protected?&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Traditional IP Modes of Protection&lt;br /&gt;
Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, many nations have used copyright law (either alone or in conjunction with sui generis laws) to protect TK. However, there are many arguments against using standard copyright to protect TK.&lt;br /&gt;
The fixation requirement. Some copyright systems require that a work be fixed in a material form. This is an obstacle in the protection of TCEs, which are not always manifested in tangible expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
Originality. Copyright law requires that a work be &amp;quot;original&amp;quot; in order to merit protection. Since most TK is &amp;quot;traditional&amp;quot; rather than new, this originality requirement will often be difficult to satisfy.&lt;br /&gt;
Authorship. Much cultural expression develops gradually over time through the contributions of several members of a community. If no single author or group of authors can be identified, it will be difficult for copyright protection to be obtained.&lt;br /&gt;
The term of protection. The term of protection for copyright in most countries is limited. Many forms of TK are in fact older than the copyright term. As a result, copyright protection may be unavailable for them.&lt;br /&gt;
To avoid these difficulties, it is possible for countries to modify copyright legislation so that it has different requirements for folklore or cultural expression. For example, the Tunis Model Law for Copyright in the Developing Countries, adopted in 1976, advocates extending copyright protection to works of folklore without requiring fixation and with an unlimited term of protection.&lt;br /&gt;
Trademark Law&lt;br /&gt;
Some expressions of folklore might be registered as trademarks. Trademark law protects not only graphic representations, but also words and (in some countries) sounds. An advantage of protection through trademark law is its near indefinite term of protection and its lack of a novelty requirement; it is sufficient for purposes of protection that the trademark has a &amp;quot;distinctive character.&amp;quot; However, at least in some countries, trademark protection, unlike copyright and patent protection, requires that the applicant demonstrate use of the mark in commerce. Many cultural expressions do not have a direct link to commerce and are not used as designations of source to the consuming public. Furthermore, the application of trademark law to TK is complicated, since by registering a mark the community makes public TK that the community may desire to keep secret for religious or other reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
Collective Trademarks, Certification Marks, and Geographic Indicators&lt;br /&gt;
Collective trademarks, certification marks, and geographic indicators form a subset of trademark law that could be particularly useful for the protection of TK. Collective trademarks are trademarks that are used by a group of producers rather than one producer. Collective marks are held by an association rather than an individual; in order to be useful for protecting TK, members of indigenous groups would need to form an association for the purpose of marking their cultural expressions.&lt;br /&gt;
Certification marks indicate that the producer of a good has met certain standards of quality. (A popular example is the Good Housekeeping certification prominent on household products sold in the United States.) Certification marks could be used to specify which TCEs meet the standards of the indigenous community in which they originated. This, like a collective trademark, would require the formation an official oversight organization to act on behalf of the indigenous community in determining which expressions can bear the certification mark.&lt;br /&gt;
Geographic indicators, as the name suggests, are marks that can be placed on products that come from a specific geographic area. Geographic indicators are often used for food products, such as wines, but some indigenous groups have experimented with using geographic indicators as a means of protecting cultural expressions by authenticating products that are sold elsewhere. One example of such a program is the Alaskan Silver Hand Program.&lt;br /&gt;
Sui Generis Laws&lt;br /&gt;
As we have seen, where TK does not map onto traditional intellectual property regimes, sui generis laws may be adopted. Sui generis legislation is a promising route for advocates of TK protection, as it can provide strong protection while avoiding the hurdles that separate TK from traditional IP subject matter.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit]Absolute Ownership&lt;br /&gt;
One possibility for TK protection is to give absolute ownership of the cultural expression to the indigenous group from which it originated. However, this is relatively unpopular option, as it would impede the spread of knowledge and risk the loss of cultural expressions and information in the event that the group is disbanded or its members are assimilated into the general population.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit]Negotiation and Mutual Respect&lt;br /&gt;
Michael Brown argues that the law should, at most, foster &amp;quot;negotiation and mutual respect&amp;quot; between indigenous cultures and those who seek to employ a culture&#039;s traditional expressions. This approach would give indigenous groups much less protection, but would facilitate, he argues, beneficial cultural interchange.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit]International Human Rights&lt;br /&gt;
Other scholars, such as Laurence R. Helfer, approach the issue as one of Human Rights. They advocate granting TK protection that is fair and balanced and not overreaching. Their ambition is to balance the needs of indigenous groups and the benefits of a robust public domain.&lt;br /&gt;
In this vein, Duncan M. Matthews points out that &amp;quot;a human rights approach takes what is often an implicit balance between the rights of inventors and creators and the interests of the wider society within intellectual property paradigms and it makes it far more explicit and exacting.... [T]he rights of the creator are not absolute but conditional on contributing to the common good and welfare of society.... [B]ecause a human rights approach also establishes a different and often more exacting standard for evaluating the appropriateness of granting intellectual property protection, in order for intellectual property to fulfill the conditions necessary to be recognised as a universal human right, intellectual property regimes and the manner they are implemented first and foremost must be consistent with the realisation of the other human rights, particularly those enumerated in the Covenant.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
[edit]System of Domain Public Payant&lt;br /&gt;
The doctrine of domain public payant, advocated by the Tunis Model Law and discussed at WIPO&#039;s 1999 Round Table on IP and TK (section 3 b of the Round Table minutes), advocates payment of royalties for works, including TCEs, that are in the public domain because they do not qualify for protection under traditional intellectual property law. This would provide monetary compensation for indigenous communities, but would not be a satisfactory solution for communities whose priority is control over their TCEs rather than remuneration. For more on different versions of domain public payant, see the UNESCO Copyright Bulletin from 1994.&lt;br /&gt;
[edit] Why not protect TK?&lt;br /&gt;
Some observers think that legal protection for traditional knowledge is highly problematic. Here are some of their arguments:&lt;br /&gt;
TK does not map onto IP law easily. As indicated above, traditional cultural expressions are often not put into a fixed form, are not &amp;quot;original,&amp;quot; and do not have a defined author -- three requirements for copyright protection. Furthermore, as indicated above, most expressions of folklore are not used in commerce as a means of identifying their source, and so would not be eligible for trademark protection. Finally, patent law may not be available to protect TK because by definition, TK has been used and passed down through generations, and this type of prior public use may preclude patent protection, as least if it is publicly recorded. Thus, it appears that certain attributes of TK make it a difficult fit with all three of the major types of intellectual property law. Additionally, protection for TK does not fit well with the principal goals underlying the protection of intellectual property law. There is little evidence that protection of TK is necessary to incentivize the creation of cultural expression, as other factors have successfully motivated the creation of these expressions for millennia. Furthermore, the labor-desert theory does not easily fit with TK protection, as those who created the traditional expression are either unidentifiable because the expression was the product of collaboration, or in some cases, long dead. Current members of the culture do not have as strong a claim for protection from a labor-desert perspective.&lt;br /&gt;
Protection of TK would involve perpetuation of illiberal social hierarchies and oppressive customs within indigenous groups. Another argument against providing protection for TK is that doing so may perpetuate inequality and oppression within indigenous groups. When an indigenous group is given the right to control the use of TK, the powerful members of that indigenous group may benefit at the expense of the group&#039;s minorities. Paul Kuruk argues that protection of TK may further the oppression of women and subordinated social and economic groups within an indigenous culture.&lt;br /&gt;
Protection of TK may deprive the world community of valuable knowledge. Some might argue that principles of liberal democracy dictate that knowledge should be freely shared rather than restricted to certain people or groups. Protection of TK might deprive outsiders of a chance to benefit from the traditions, medicinal or otherwise, of an indigenous culture. When advancing this argument, however, one should keep in mind that principles of liberal democracy, while widely accepted in the Western world, are not necessarily an agreed-upon starting point for this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
Increase awareness rather than changing the law. Some organizations have advocated protection of TK through nongovernmental organizations and projects rather than through legislation. For example, the Intergovernmental Committee for the Safeguarding of Intangible Cultural Heritage has compiled a List of Intangible Heritage in Need of Urgent Safeguarding((.link_green)). UNESCO lists projects for safeguarding intangible cultural heritage in African countries here. Finally, groups of academics and activists have created community standards for those, such as anthropologists, whose work impacts indigenous cultures and may involve sensitive issues of disclosure of TK.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the full discussion of TK, see [[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/Traditional_Knowledge]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4023</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4023"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T01:41:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4022</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4022"/>
		<updated>2013-04-17T01:38:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Traditional_Knowledge]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4021</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4021"/>
		<updated>2013-04-02T16:57:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4020</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4020"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T20:22:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create Copyright Exceptions and Limitations to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How far do these rights reach? Recall from the first week of this course that copyright only protects the expression of ideas, not the ideas or facts themselves.  Thus, a work that is inspired by the ideas contained in another work but does not use any of the protected expression from the initial work is neither a reproduction nor an adaptation and will not violate the copyright holder&#039;s rights.  Also, note that [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P85_10661 Article 2(3) of the Berne Convention] provides that authorized adaptations are protected by their own, separate copyright, in addition to the copyright protection given to the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, a copyright holder also has the exclusive &#039;&#039;&#039;right to distribute&#039;&#039;&#039; his or her work and the &#039;&#039;&#039;right to import&#039;&#039;&#039; copies of the work subject to certain exceptions considered in the accompanying reading assignment.  The right to distribute encompasses the right to sell or authorize the initial sale of a copy of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jamaica==&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, the Copyright Act defines an adaptation as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) in relation to a literary or dramatic work-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(i) a translation of the work which,as respects a computer program,includes a version of the program in which it is converted into or out&lt;br /&gt;
of a computer language or code or into a different computer language or code, otherwise than incidentally in the course of running the program;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)a version of a dramatic work in which it is converted into a non-dramatic work or, as the case may be, of a non-dramatic work in which it is converted into a dramatic work;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(iii)a version of a work in which the story or action is conveyed wholly or mainly by means of pictures in a form suitable for reproduction in a book or in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) in relation to a musical work, an arrangement or transcription of the work;&lt;br /&gt;
and states that the owner of the copyright in a work has the exclusive right to &amp;quot;make an adaptation of the work and, in relation to such adaptation, to do any or all of the foregoing acts [copy, distribute, publicly perform, broadcast].&amp;quot;  Copyright Act, Section 9(1)(e).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the Act states that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) A performer&#039;s rights are infringed by a person who, without his consent and payment of royalty at the prescribed rate, uses an original recording of a qualifying performance (whether authorized or not) for the purpose of making an adaptation of the recording.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) In subsection (I) &amp;quot;an adaptation of the recording&amp;quot; means a recording in which the performance is accompanied by lyrics or music not contained in the original recording.  Copyright Act, Section 110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4017</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4017"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T20:03:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: /* Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create Copyright Exceptions and Limitations to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How far do these rights reach? Recall from the first week of this course that copyright only protects the expression of ideas, not the ideas or facts themselves.  Thus, a work that is inspired by the ideas contained in another work but does not use any of the protected expression from the initial work is neither a reproduction nor an adaptation and will not violate the copyright holder&#039;s rights.  Also, note that [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P85_10661 Article 2(3) of the Berne Convention] provides that authorized adaptations are protected by their own, separate copyright, in addition to the copyright protection given to the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, a copyright holder also has the exclusive &#039;&#039;&#039;right to distribute&#039;&#039;&#039; his or her work and the &#039;&#039;&#039;right to import&#039;&#039;&#039; copies of the work subject to certain exceptions considered in the accompanying reading assignment.  The right to distribute encompasses the right to sell or authorize the initial sale of a copy of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jamaica==&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, the Copyright Act defines an adaptation as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) in relation to a literary or dramatic work-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(i) a translation of the work which,as respects a computer program,includes a version of the program in which it is converted into or out&lt;br /&gt;
of a computer language or code or into a different computer language or code, otherwise than incidentally in the course of running the program;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)a version of a dramatic work in which it is converted into a non-dramatic work or, as the case may be, of a non-dramatic work in which it is converted into a dramatic work;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(iii)a version of a work in which the story or action is conveyed wholly or mainly by means of pictures in a form suitable for reproduction in a book or in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) in relation to a musical work, an arrangement or transcription of the work;&lt;br /&gt;
and states that the owner of the copyright in a work has the exclusive right to &amp;quot;make an adaptation of the work and, in relation to such adaptation, to do any or all of the foregoing acts [copy, distribute, publicly perform, broadcast].&amp;quot;  Copyright Act, Section 9(1)(e).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the Act states that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) A performer&#039;s rights are infringed by a person who, without his consent and payment of royalty at the prescribed rate, uses an original recording of a qualifying performance (whether authorized or not) for the purpose of making an adaptation of the recording.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) In subsection (I) &amp;quot;an adaptation of the recording&amp;quot; means a recording in which the performance is accompanied by lyrics or music not contained in the original recording.  Copyright Act, Section 110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4016</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4016"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T20:02:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: /* Jamaica */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create Copyright Exceptions and Limitations to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jamaica==&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, the Copyright Act defines an adaptation as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) in relation to a literary or dramatic work-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(i) a translation of the work which,as respects a computer program,includes a version of the program in which it is converted into or out&lt;br /&gt;
of a computer language or code or into a different computer language or code, otherwise than incidentally in the course of running the program;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)a version of a dramatic work in which it is converted into a non-dramatic work or, as the case may be, of a non-dramatic work in which it is converted into a dramatic work;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(iii)a version of a work in which the story or action is conveyed wholly or mainly by means of pictures in a form suitable for reproduction in a book or in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(b) in relation to a musical work, an arrangement or transcription of the work;&lt;br /&gt;
and states that the owner of the copyright in a work has the exclusive right to &amp;quot;make an adaptation of the work and, in relation to such adaptation, to do any or all of the foregoing acts [copy, distribute, publicly perform, broadcast].&amp;quot;  Copyright Act, Section 9(1)(e).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the Act states that: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(1) A performer&#039;s rights are infringed by a person who, without his consent and payment of royalty at the prescribed rate, uses an original recording of a qualifying performance (whether authorized or not) for the purpose of making an adaptation of the recording.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) In subsection (I) &amp;quot;an adaptation of the recording&amp;quot; means a recording in which the performance is accompanied by lyrics or music not contained in the original recording.  Copyright Act, Section 110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4015</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4015"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T20:02:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create Copyright Exceptions and Limitations to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Jamaica==&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, the Copyright Act defines an adaptation as: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(a) in relation to a literary or dramatic work-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(i) a translation of the work which,as respects a computer program,includes a version of the program in which it is converted into or out&lt;br /&gt;
of a computer language or code or into a different computer language or code, otherwise than incidentally in the course of running the program;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)a version of a dramatic work in which it is converted into a non-dramatic work or, as the case may be, of a non-dramatic work in which it is converted into a dramatic work;&lt;br /&gt;
(iii)a version of a work in which the story or action is conveyed wholly or mainly by means of pictures in a form suitable for reproduction in a book or in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;&lt;br /&gt;
(b) in relation to a musical work, an arrangement or transcription of the work;&lt;br /&gt;
and states that the owner of the copyright in a work has the exclusive right to &amp;quot;make an adaptation of the work and, in relation to such adaptation, to do any or all of the foregoing acts [copy, distribute, publicly perform, broadcast].&amp;quot;  Copyright Act, Section 9(1)(e).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the Act states that: &lt;br /&gt;
(1) A performer&#039;s rights are infringed by a person who, without his consent and payment of royalty at the prescribed rate, uses an original recording of a qualifying performance (whether authorized or not) for the purpose of making an adaptation of the recording.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) In subsection (I) &amp;quot;an adaptation of the recording&amp;quot; means a recording in which the performance is accompanied by lyrics or music not contained in the original recording.  Copyright Act, Section 110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How far do these rights reach? Recall from the first week of this course that copyright only protects the expression of ideas, not the ideas or facts themselves.  Thus, a work that is inspired by the ideas contained in another work but does not use any of the protected expression from the initial work is neither a reproduction nor an adaptation and will not violate the copyright holder&#039;s rights.  Also, note that [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P85_10661 Article 2(3) of the Berne Convention] provides that authorized adaptations are protected by their own, separate copyright, in addition to the copyright protection given to the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, a copyright holder also has the exclusive &#039;&#039;&#039;right to distribute&#039;&#039;&#039; his or her work and the &#039;&#039;&#039;right to import&#039;&#039;&#039; copies of the work subject to certain exceptions considered in the accompanying reading assignment.  The right to distribute encompasses the right to sell or authorize the initial sale of a copy of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4014</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4014"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T20:00:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: /* Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create Copyright Exceptions and Limitations to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, the Copyright Act defines an adaptation as: &lt;br /&gt;
(a) in relation to a literary or dramatic work-&lt;br /&gt;
(i) a translation of the work which,as respects a computer program,includes a version of the program in which it is converted into or out&lt;br /&gt;
of a computer language or code or into a different computer language or code, otherwise than incidentally in the course of running the program;&lt;br /&gt;
(ii)a version of a dramatic work in which it is converted into a non-dramatic work or, as the case may be, of a non-dramatic work in which it is converted into a dramatic work;&lt;br /&gt;
(iii)a version of a work in which the story or action is conveyed wholly or mainly by means of pictures in a form suitable for reproduction in a book or in a newspaper, magazine or similar periodical;&lt;br /&gt;
(b) in relation to a musical work, an arrangement or transcription of the work;&lt;br /&gt;
and states that the owner of the copyright in a work has the exclusive right to &amp;quot;make an adaptation of the work and, in relation to such adaptation, to do any or all of the foregoing acts [copy, distribute, publicly perform, broadcast].&amp;quot;  Copyright Act, Section 9(1)(e).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, the Act states that: &lt;br /&gt;
(1) A performer&#039;s rights are infringed by a person who, without his consent and payment of royalty at the prescribed rate, uses an original recording of a qualifying performance (whether authorized or not) for the purpose of making an adaptation of the recording.&lt;br /&gt;
(2) In subsection (I) &amp;quot;an adaptation of the recording&amp;quot; means a recording in which the performance is accompanied by lyrics or music not contained in the original recording.  Copyright Act, Section 110.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How far do these rights reach? Recall from the first week of this course that copyright only protects the expression of ideas, not the ideas or facts themselves.  Thus, a work that is inspired by the ideas contained in another work but does not use any of the protected expression from the initial work is neither a reproduction nor an adaptation and will not violate the copyright holder&#039;s rights.  Also, note that [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P85_10661 Article 2(3) of the Berne Convention] provides that authorized adaptations are protected by their own, separate copyright, in addition to the copyright protection given to the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, a copyright holder also has the exclusive &#039;&#039;&#039;right to distribute&#039;&#039;&#039; his or her work and the &#039;&#039;&#039;right to import&#039;&#039;&#039; copies of the work subject to certain exceptions considered in the accompanying reading assignment.  The right to distribute encompasses the right to sell or authorize the initial sale of a copy of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4013</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4013"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:49:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: /* Course Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY and Jamaica), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA&amp;diff=4012</id>
		<title>Copyright Exceptions and Limitations-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA&amp;diff=4012"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:48:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As was shown in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], all of the international copyright agreements permit countries to make certain exceptions to the rights we have described thus far. Every country has indeed made such exceptions.  The purposes of these exceptions vary.  Some are justified by the need to respect freedom of expression or privacy. Others are intended to prevent copyright law from frustrating rather than fostering creativity. Still others recognize the impossibility of monitoring and charging for some uses.  The list of exceptions is very long.  In general, the exceptions should be considered just as important as the rights they qualify.  Together, they are intended to strike a balance between the interests of authors and the interests of users and the public at large.  For this reason, it is sometimes said that the exceptions create &amp;quot;user rights.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exceptions take one of two forms.  Exceptions of the first type identify specific permissible activities.  An influential example of this approach is [http://eur-lex.europa.eu/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&amp;amp;lg=EN&amp;amp;numdoc=32001L0029&amp;amp;model=guichett Article 5 of the EU Copyright Directive].  Section 2 of that article authorizes EU member countries to provide for the following exceptions to the right of reproduction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(a) in respect of reproductions on paper or any similar medium, effected by the use of any kind of photographic technique or by some other process having similar effects, with the exception of sheet music, provided that the rightholders receive fair compensation;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(b) in respect of reproductions on any medium made by a natural person for private use and for ends that are neither directly nor indirectly commercial, on condition that the rightholders receive fair compensation which takes account of the application or non-application of technological measures referred to in Article 6 to the work or subject-matter concerned;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(c) in respect of specific acts of reproduction made by publicly accessible libraries, educational establishments or museums, or by archives, which are not for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(d) in respect of ephemeral recordings of works made by broadcasting organisations by means of their own facilities and for their own broadcasts; the preservation of these recordings in official archives may, on the grounds of their exceptional documentary character, be permitted;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(e) in respect of reproductions of broadcasts made by social institutions pursuing non-commercial purposes, such as hospitals or prisons, on condition that the rightholders receive fair compensation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 3 then authorizes member states to create any of the following exceptions both to the right of reproduction and to the right to communicate or make works available to the public:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(a) use for the sole purpose of illustration for teaching or scientific research, as long as the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, unless this turns out to be impossible and to the extent justified by the non-commercial purpose to be achieved;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(b) uses, for the benefit of people with a disability, which are directly related to the disability and of a non-commercial nature, to the extent required by the specific disability;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(c) reproduction by the press, communication to the public or making available of published articles on current economic, political or religious topics or of broadcast works or other subject-matter of the same character, in cases where such use is not expressly reserved, and as long as the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, or use of works or other subject-matter in connection with the reporting of current events, to the extent justified by the informatory purpose and as long as the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, unless this turns out to be impossible;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(d) quotations for purposes such as criticism or review, provided that they relate to a work or other subject-matter which has already been lawfully made available to the public, that, unless this turns out to be impossible, the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, and that their use is in accordance with fair practice, and to the extent required by the specific purpose;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(e) use for the purposes of public security or to ensure the proper performance or reporting of administrative, parliamentary or judicial proceedings;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(f) use of political speeches as well as extracts of public lectures or similar works or subject-matter to the extent justified by the informatory purpose and provided that the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, except where this turns out to be impossible;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(g) use during religious celebrations or official celebrations organised by a public authority;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(h) use of works, such as works of architecture or sculpture, made to be located permanently in public places;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(i) incidental inclusion of a work or other subject-matter in other material;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(j) use for the purpose of advertising the public exhibition or sale of artistic works, to the extent necessary to promote the event, excluding any other commercial use;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(k) use for the purpose of caricature, parody or pastiche;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(l) use in connection with the demonstration or repair of equipment;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(m) use of an artistic work in the form of a building or a drawing or plan of a building for the purposes of reconstructing the building;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(n) use by communication or making available, for the purpose of research or private study, to individual members of the public by dedicated terminals on the premises of establishments referred to in paragraph 2(c) of works and other subject-matter not subject to purchase or licensing terms which are contained in their collections;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(o) use in certain other cases of minor importance where exceptions or limitations already exist under national law, provided that they only concern analogue uses and do not affect the free circulation of goods and services within the Community, without prejudice to the other exceptions and limitations contained in this Article.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set of exceptions contained in Article 5 of the EU Copyright Directive is surely not the only example of the enumerated-list approach.  The three-step test, discussed in [The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law], gives individual countries considerably more latitude in selecting exceptions and limitations than the EU has exercised.  Some countries have gone a good deal further.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second general approach is to state some general guidelines for permissible uses and then delegate to the courts responsibility for applying those factors to individual cases.   The premier example of this approach is the fair use doctrine in the United States, which is embodied in section 107 of the U.S. Copyright Act:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Notwithstanding the [statutory provisions granting copyright holders exclusive rights], the fair use of a copyrighted work, including such use by reproduction in copies or phonorecords or by any other means specified by that section, for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching (including multiple copies for classroom use), scholarship, or research, is not an infringement of copyright. In determining whether the use made of a work in any particular case is a fair use the factors to be considered shall include  (1) the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of a commercial nature or is for nonprofit educational purposes; (2) the nature of the copyrighted work; (3) the amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole; and (4) the effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.  The fact that a work is unpublished shall not itself bar a finding of fair use if such finding is made upon consideration of all the above factors.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Courts in the United States have relied on this provision to recognize exceptions for a wide range of activities, including the making of a parody of a copyrighted work, reproducing a portion of a copyrighted work for the purpose of scholarship, and using a videocassette recorder to record a television program or movie for viewing at a later time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In between these two general approaches is a strategy sometimes known as &amp;quot;fair dealing.&amp;quot;  A good example is the system used in Australia.  The Australian Copyright Act (as amended in 2006) identifies some broad circumstances in which an unauthorized use of a copyrighted work might be considered fair:  research, criticism or review, news reporting, legal advice, and parody or satire.  Merely falling into one of these boxes does not mean, however, that a particular activity will be deemed fair.  Rather, the courts consider individual cases by consulting a set of factors that loosely parallel the factors used in the US system.  In general, the courts will excuse conduct within these boxes if they deem it appropriate &amp;quot;judged by the criterion of a fair minded and honest person.&amp;quot;  The Australian approach is generally thought to be less unpredictable -- but also less flexible -- than the US approach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A separate and nearly universal exception to the rights of a copyright holder is the &#039;&#039;&#039;first sale doctrine.&#039;&#039;&#039; The first sale doctrine says that once a consumer has lawfully purchased a copy of a copyrighted work, the copyright holder no longer has the ability to control that particular copy.  For this reason, resale, lending, or rental of a lawfully purchased copyrighted work is generally permissible.  However, countries can impose certain limitations on these rights.  They may restrict or require compulsory licenses for certain uses of copyrighted works.  For example, as indicated above, a nation may prohibit the rental of goods that are easily and frequently copied, such as software or phonorecords.  Additionally, a nation may require that the author of the work be paid a certain fee upon resale of a copy of a copyrighted work.  (This so-called &amp;quot;droit de suite&amp;quot; only exists in a few jurisdictions, and even there only applies to unique works of fine art.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operation of the first sale doctrine is less intuitive with digital works.  This is because what may seem like normal use from a consumer’s perspective may actually involve the making of additional digital copies.  This in turn could be prohibited by the author’s exclusive right of reproduction.  For example, if a consumer purchases a CD, she can listen to it on any CD player without worrying about infringing the author’s copyright.  She can also, because of the first sale doctrine, lend that CD to a friend who can listen to it on a CD player and then give it back, without worrying about infringing the author’s rights.  However, if that same consumer purchases a sound recording online, listens to it, and then emails a copy to a friend, she will have violated the copyright law (even if she deletes her original copy) because the original recording has been “reproduced.”  There remains a serious policy question as to whether the first sale doctrine to govern such cases, but as yet that has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2001, Siva Vaidhyanathan published &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Copyrights and Copywrongs: the Rise of Intellectual Property and How It Threatens Creativity&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.  The thesis of this highly accessible book is well captured by its title.  For an interview with Vaidhyanathan, in which he summarizes his argument, see [http://www.stayfreemagazine.org/archives/20/siva_vaidhyanathan.html Copyrights and Copywrongs((.link_red))].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a similarly accessible study that takes a much more favorable view of the evolution of the rights and exceptions associated with copyright, see Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Copyright&#039;s Highway: From Gutenberg to the Celestial Jukebox&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2003) -- available only in [http://www.amazon.com/Copyrights-Highway-Gutenberg-Celestial-Jukebox/dp/0804747482 print] or via [http://www.learnoutloud.com/Catalog/Business/Entrepreneurship/Copyrights-Highway/1365 audio download].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two helpful WIPO studies are [http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=75696 WIPO Study on Copyright Limitations and Exceptions for the Visually Impaired] and [http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=16805 WIPO Study on Limitations and Exceptions of Copyright and Related Rights in the Digital Environment].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipit-update.com/copy36.htm Copyright Exceptions in the UK] is just what it says.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a highly accessible study of latitude that filmmakers (particularly in the United States) enjoy when quoting copyrighted material, see Pat Aufderheide and Peter Jaszi, [http://www.centerforsocialmedia.org/files/pdf/CSM_Recut_Reframe_Recycle_report.pdf Recut, Reframe, Recycle] (Center for Social Media 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4011</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4011"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:48:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create Copyright Exceptions and Limitations to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How far do these rights reach? Recall from the first week of this course that copyright only protects the expression of ideas, not the ideas or facts themselves.  Thus, a work that is inspired by the ideas contained in another work but does not use any of the protected expression from the initial work is neither a reproduction nor an adaptation and will not violate the copyright holder&#039;s rights.  Also, note that [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P85_10661 Article 2(3) of the Berne Convention] provides that authorized adaptations are protected by their own, separate copyright, in addition to the copyright protection given to the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, a copyright holder also has the exclusive &#039;&#039;&#039;right to distribute&#039;&#039;&#039; his or her work and the &#039;&#039;&#039;right to import&#039;&#039;&#039; copies of the work subject to certain exceptions considered in the accompanying reading assignment.  The right to distribute encompasses the right to sell or authorize the initial sale of a copy of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA&amp;diff=4010</id>
		<title>Copyright Exceptions and Limitations-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA&amp;diff=4010"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:47:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: Created page with &amp;quot;As was shown in The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA, all of the international copyright agreements permit countries to make certain exceptions to the rights we...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;As was shown in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], all of the international copyright agreements permit countries to make certain exceptions to the rights we have described thus far. Every country has indeed made such exceptions.  The purposes of these exceptions vary.  Some are justified by the need to respect freedom of expression or privacy. Others are intended to prevent copyright law from frustrating rather than fostering creativity. Still others recognize the impossibility of monitoring and charging for some uses.  The list of exceptions is very long.  In general, the exceptions should be considered just as important as the rights they qualify.  Together, they are intended to strike a balance between the interests of authors and the interests of users and the public at large.  For this reason, it is sometimes said that the exceptions create &amp;quot;user rights.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The exceptions take one of two forms.  Exceptions of the first type identify specific permissible activities.  An influential example of this approach is [http://eur-lex.europa.eu/smartapi/cgi/sga_doc?smartapi!celexapi!prod!CELEXnumdoc&amp;amp;lg=EN&amp;amp;numdoc=32001L0029&amp;amp;model=guichett Article 5 of the EU Copyright Directive].  Section 2 of that article authorizes EU member countries to provide for the following exceptions to the right of reproduction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(a) in respect of reproductions on paper or any similar medium, effected by the use of any kind of photographic technique or by some other process having similar effects, with the exception of sheet music, provided that the rightholders receive fair compensation;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(b) in respect of reproductions on any medium made by a natural person for private use and for ends that are neither directly nor indirectly commercial, on condition that the rightholders receive fair compensation which takes account of the application or non-application of technological measures referred to in Article 6 to the work or subject-matter concerned;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(c) in respect of specific acts of reproduction made by publicly accessible libraries, educational establishments or museums, or by archives, which are not for direct or indirect economic or commercial advantage;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(d) in respect of ephemeral recordings of works made by broadcasting organisations by means of their own facilities and for their own broadcasts; the preservation of these recordings in official archives may, on the grounds of their exceptional documentary character, be permitted;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(e) in respect of reproductions of broadcasts made by social institutions pursuing non-commercial purposes, such as hospitals or prisons, on condition that the rightholders receive fair compensation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Section 3 then authorizes member states to create any of the following exceptions both to the right of reproduction and to the right to communicate or make works available to the public:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(a) use for the sole purpose of illustration for teaching or scientific research, as long as the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, unless this turns out to be impossible and to the extent justified by the non-commercial purpose to be achieved;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(b) uses, for the benefit of people with a disability, which are directly related to the disability and of a non-commercial nature, to the extent required by the specific disability;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(c) reproduction by the press, communication to the public or making available of published articles on current economic, political or religious topics or of broadcast works or other subject-matter of the same character, in cases where such use is not expressly reserved, and as long as the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, or use of works or other subject-matter in connection with the reporting of current events, to the extent justified by the informatory purpose and as long as the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, unless this turns out to be impossible;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(d) quotations for purposes such as criticism or review, provided that they relate to a work or other subject-matter which has already been lawfully made available to the public, that, unless this turns out to be impossible, the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, and that their use is in accordance with fair practice, and to the extent required by the specific purpose;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(e) use for the purposes of public security or to ensure the proper performance or reporting of administrative, parliamentary or judicial proceedings;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(f) use of political speeches as well as extracts of public lectures or similar works or subject-matter to the extent justified by the informatory purpose and provided that the source, including the author&#039;s name, is indicated, except where this turns out to be impossible;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(g) use during religious celebrations or official celebrations organised by a public authority;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(h) use of works, such as works of architecture or sculpture, made to be located permanently in public places;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(i) incidental inclusion of a work or other subject-matter in other material;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(j) use for the purpose of advertising the public exhibition or sale of artistic works, to the extent necessary to promote the event, excluding any other commercial use;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(k) use for the purpose of caricature, parody or pastiche;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(l) use in connection with the demonstration or repair of equipment;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(m) use of an artistic work in the form of a building or a drawing or plan of a building for the purposes of reconstructing the building;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(n) use by communication or making available, for the purpose of research or private study, to individual members of the public by dedicated terminals on the premises of establishments referred to in paragraph 2(c) of works and other subject-matter not subject to purchase or licensing terms which are contained in their collections;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(o) use in certain other cases of minor importance where exceptions or limitations already exist under national law, provided that they only concern analogue uses and do not affect the free circulation of goods and services within the Community, without prejudice to the other exceptions and limitations contained in this Article.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set of exceptions contained in Article 5 of the EU Copyright Directive is surely not the only example of the enumerated-list approach.  The three-step test, discussed in [The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law], gives individual countries considerably more latitude in selecting exceptions and limitations than the EU has exercised.  Some countries have gone a good deal further.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second general approach is to state some general guidelines for permissible uses and then delegate to the courts responsibility for applying those factors to individual cases.   The premier example of this approach is the fair use doctrine in the United States, which is embodied in section 107 of the U.S. Copyright Act:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Notwithstanding the [statutory provisions granting copyright holders exclusive rights], the fair use of a copyrighted work, including such use by reproduction in copies or phonorecords or by any other means specified by that section, for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching (including multiple copies for classroom use), scholarship, or research, is not an infringement of copyright. In determining whether the use made of a work in any particular case is a fair use the factors to be considered shall include  (1) the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of a commercial nature or is for nonprofit educational purposes; (2) the nature of the copyrighted work; (3) the amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole; and (4) the effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.  The fact that a work is unpublished shall not itself bar a finding of fair use if such finding is made upon consideration of all the above factors.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Courts in the United States have relied on this provision to recognize exceptions for a wide range of activities, including the making of a parody of a copyrighted work, reproducing a portion of a copyrighted work for the purpose of scholarship, and using a videocassette recorder to record a television program or movie for viewing at a later time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In between these two general approaches is a strategy sometimes known as &amp;quot;fair dealing.&amp;quot;  A good example is the system used in Australia.  The Australian Copyright Act (as amended in 2006) identifies some broad circumstances in which an unauthorized use of a copyrighted work might be considered fair:  research, criticism or review, news reporting, legal advice, and parody or satire.  Merely falling into one of these boxes does not mean, however, that a particular activity will be deemed fair.  Rather, the courts consider individual cases by consulting a set of factors that loosely parallel the factors used in the US system.  In general, the courts will excuse conduct within these boxes if they deem it appropriate &amp;quot;judged by the criterion of a fair minded and honest person.&amp;quot;  The Australian approach is generally thought to be less unpredictable -- but also less flexible -- than the US approach.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A separate and nearly universal exception to the rights of a copyright holder is the &#039;&#039;&#039;first sale doctrine.&#039;&#039;&#039; The first sale doctrine says that once a consumer has lawfully purchased a copy of a copyrighted work, the copyright holder no longer has the ability to control that particular copy.  For this reason, resale, lending, or rental of a lawfully purchased copyrighted work is generally permissible.  However, countries can impose certain limitations on these rights.  They may restrict or require compulsory licenses for certain uses of copyrighted works.  For example, as indicated above, a nation may prohibit the rental of goods that are easily and frequently copied, such as software or phonorecords.  Additionally, a nation may require that the author of the work be paid a certain fee upon resale of a copy of a copyrighted work.  (This so-called &amp;quot;droit de suite&amp;quot; only exists in a few jurisdictions, and even there only applies to unique works of fine art.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operation of the first sale doctrine is less intuitive with digital works.  This is because what may seem like normal use from a consumer’s perspective may actually involve the making of additional digital copies.  This in turn could be prohibited by the author’s exclusive right of reproduction.  For example, if a consumer purchases a CD, she can listen to it on any CD player without worrying about infringing the author’s copyright.  She can also, because of the first sale doctrine, lend that CD to a friend who can listen to it on a CD player and then give it back, without worrying about infringing the author’s rights.  However, if that same consumer purchases a sound recording online, listens to it, and then emails a copy to a friend, she will have violated the copyright law (even if she deletes her original copy) because the original recording has been “reproduced.”  There remains a serious policy question as to whether the first sale doctrine to govern such cases, but as yet that has not occurred.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 2001, Siva Vaidhyanathan published &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Copyrights and Copywrongs: the Rise of Intellectual Property and How It Threatens Creativity&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt;.  The thesis of this highly accessible book is well captured by its title.  For an interview with Vaidhyanathan, in which he summarizes his argument, see [http://www.stayfreemagazine.org/archives/20/siva_vaidhyanathan.html Copyrights and Copywrongs((.link_red))].  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a similarly accessible study that takes a much more favorable view of the evolution of the rights and exceptions associated with copyright, see Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;Copyright&#039;s Highway: From Gutenberg to the Celestial Jukebox&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2003) -- available only in [http://www.amazon.com/Copyrights-Highway-Gutenberg-Celestial-Jukebox/dp/0804747482 print] or via [http://www.learnoutloud.com/Catalog/Business/Entrepreneurship/Copyrights-Highway/1365 audio download].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two helpful WIPO studies are [http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=75696 WIPO Study on Copyright Limitations and Exceptions for the Visually Impaired] and [http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=16805 WIPO Study on Limitations and Exceptions of Copyright and Related Rights in the Digital Environment].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.ipit-update.com/copy36.htm Copyright Exceptions in the UK] is just what it says.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a highly accessible study of latitude that filmmakers (particularly in the United States) enjoy when quoting copyrighted material, see Pat Aufderheide and Peter Jaszi, [http://www.centerforsocialmedia.org/files/pdf/CSM_Recut_Reframe_Recycle_report.pdf Recut, Reframe, Recycle] (Center for Social Media 2008).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4009</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4009"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:47:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4008</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4008"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:44:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law-JA]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create Copyright Exceptions and Limitations to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How far do these rights reach? Recall from the first week of this course that copyright only protects the expression of ideas, not the ideas or facts themselves.  Thus, a work that is inspired by the ideas contained in another work but does not use any of the protected expression from the initial work is neither a reproduction nor an adaptation and will not violate the copyright holder&#039;s rights.  Also, note that [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P85_10661 Article 2(3) of the Berne Convention] provides that authorized adaptations are protected by their own, separate copyright, in addition to the copyright protection given to the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, a copyright holder also has the exclusive &#039;&#039;&#039;right to distribute&#039;&#039;&#039; his or her work and the &#039;&#039;&#039;right to import&#039;&#039;&#039; copies of the work subject to certain exceptions considered in the accompanying reading assignment.  The right to distribute encompasses the right to sell or authorize the initial sale of a copy of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4007</id>
		<title>Copyright Entitlements-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Copyright_Entitlements-JA&amp;diff=4007"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:17:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: Created page with &amp;quot;====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====  The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;right of...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;====Rights Relating to Reproduction and Distribution of a Work====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The heart of copyright law is the right to make copies of a protected work. This is called the &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;right of reproduction.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; The copyright holder has the exclusive right to make or authorize such copies.  Creating a copy without the authorization of the holder infringes upon the copyright, unless permitted by an exception to or limitation on the reproduction right.  As we saw in [[The International Framework of Copyright Law]], the right of reproduction is widely acknowledged by international agreements.  As we will soon see, however, those same agreements also empower member countries to create [[Copyright Exceptions and Limitations]] to this (and other) rights.  The copyright statutes of virtually all countries recognize the right of reproduction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What does &amp;quot;reproduction&amp;quot; mean?  Most obviously, it includes making a copy in the literal sense -- for example, by photocopying a book or article.  It also includes converting a copyrighted work into a new format -- such as using a tape recorder to copy a vinyl album.  Less obviously, it includes making a new work that is &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; to an existing work, while having that existing work in mind.  So, for example, an art student who stands in front of a painting and paints a faithful replica of it would violate the original painter&#039;s right of reproduction (unless the student could invoke one of the exceptions or limitations discussed previously).  As one might imagine, the question of how close one work must be to another to be &amp;quot;substantially similar&amp;quot; is highly controversial and is often litigated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Closely related to the right of reproduction is the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of adaptation&#039;&#039;&#039;, which provides copyright holders with the right to adapt a copyrighted work from one form of expression to another, or to authorize another to do so.  Examples of adaptations include transforming a book into a movie or a song into a musical. The right of adaptation is also found in virtually all copyright systems.  For example, [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P168_31376 Article 12 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant authors the right to authorize “adaptations, arrangements, and other alterations of” copyrighted works.  The right of adaptation also encompasses the right to translate a work into other languages. [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P138_25087 Article 8 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to recognize this right of translation.  In some legal systems, the right of adaptation is expressed as the right to make “derivative works,” which use the original work as a starting point but are not direct copies of the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most countries, the reproduction right and the adaptation right are closely aligned.  In other words, the majority of activities that violate the adaptation right also violate the reproduction right.  However, there are exceptions.  For example, cutting up a photograph to include it in a collage may violate the adaptation right (unless of course that behavior is excused by one of the exceptions or limitations).  But, because that activity did not entail making a new copy, it would not violate the right of reproduction.  However, the degree of overlap between these two rights varies somewhat by country.  Which of the two rights is implicated by a particular case will sometimes make a difference -- for example, if the copyright owner has granted a license for one of the rights but not the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How far do these rights reach? Recall from the first week of this course that copyright only protects the expression of ideas, not the ideas or facts themselves.  Thus, a work that is inspired by the ideas contained in another work but does not use any of the protected expression from the initial work is neither a reproduction nor an adaptation and will not violate the copyright holder&#039;s rights.  Also, note that [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P85_10661 Article 2(3) of the Berne Convention] provides that authorized adaptations are protected by their own, separate copyright, in addition to the copyright protection given to the original work.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, a copyright holder also has the exclusive &#039;&#039;&#039;right to distribute&#039;&#039;&#039; his or her work and the &#039;&#039;&#039;right to import&#039;&#039;&#039; copies of the work subject to certain exceptions considered in the accompanying reading assignment.  The right to distribute encompasses the right to sell or authorize the initial sale of a copy of the work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Rights Relating to Communication of a Work to the Public====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important economic right of a copyright holder is the right to communicate the work to the public.  In many countries, this right is expressed as the &#039;&#039;&#039;right of public performance and public display&#039;&#039;&#039;. The right of public performance relates to showings of plays, movies, and music.  The right of public display relates to the display of artwork such as paintings and sculptures.   [http://www.wipo.int/treaties/en/ip/berne/trtdocs_wo001.html#P151_28262 Article 11 of the Berne Convention] requires member countries to grant the holders of copyrights in “dramatic and musical works” the right to control public performances of those works “by any means or process” (including, for example, a live performance or playing a recording of a performance). Article 11 also extends the right of public performance to translations of a copyrighted work. It also requires that copyright holders be given the right to authorize the broadcasting or public communication of the copyrighted work by wire, loudspeaker, “or any analogous instrument transmitting, by signs, sounds, or images.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As their labels indicate, the rights of public display and public performance only control activities that are public.  Thus, persons who own authorized copies of copyrighted works may display or broadcast the works in non-public settings without risk of infringement. For example, a person who owns a copy of a movie may play the movie in her home to a group of social guests without infringing the right of public performance.  Similarly, a person who owns a painting or sculpture may display the work in her home without infringing the right of public display.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The copyright holder’s right to control the public performance of her work extends to many communications that might not initially seem like “performances.”  For example, as indicated above, it grants a copyright holder the right to authorize broadcasts of her work.  This includes television broadcasting, cable distribution, satellite distribution, and re-broadcasts of a work.  It can also encompass on-demand digital transmissions and pay-per-view broadcasts.  At least in some countries, the right also extends to performances in settings that don&#039;t seem especially &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; in the ordinary sense -- for example, in schools, nursing homes, and prisons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whether a transmission of a copyrighted work constitutes a &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; or a &amp;quot;private&amp;quot; performance (and thus does or does not implicate the copyright owners rights) is not always clear.  A radio station that simultaneously &amp;quot;webcasts&amp;quot; its programming to large numbers of listeners plainly falls into the &amp;quot;public&amp;quot; category, whereas playing a musical recording while communicating with a fried via &amp;quot;Skpe&amp;quot; equally plainly falls into the private category, but what about transmitting to a single person a performance derived from a unique copy of a work housed on a commercial server?    That issue has already been litigated in the United States; related questions will surely arise with increased frequency in other jurisdictions in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The WIPO Copyright Treaty (WCT) and WIPO Performers and Phonograms Treaty (WPPT), discussed in [The_International_Framework of Copyright Law], altered this set of rules subtly -- and in ways that have not yet been fully resolved.  Article 8 of the WCT and Articles 10 and 12 of the WPPT require member countries to recognize a right to make a copyrighted work &amp;quot;available&amp;quot; to the public.  The United States has taken the position that these treaty provisions do not require any change in the way that the US has formulated and enforced the right of public performance.  Not all countries agree.  The EU, for example, has taken the position that the &amp;quot;making available&amp;quot; right adds something new.  The principal circumstance in which this disagreement might make a difference is when someone posts a copyrighted document on a website, but no one has yet downloaded it.  The treatment of such cases may vary by country.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Neighboring and &amp;quot;Sui Generis&amp;quot; Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;“Neighboring rights”&#039;&#039;&#039; (also called &#039;&#039;&#039;related rights&#039;&#039;&#039;) consist of the rights of those who assist the author of a copyrighted work, but who do not qualify for a copyright in the work. They include the rights of broadcasters and broadcasting organizations in their transmissions of programs (as opposed to the copyrights in the programs themselves), the right of an artist in her performance of a piece (as distinguished from the copyright in the underlying work itself), and the right of the producer of a record (as opposed to the copyright in the musical compositions that the record embodies).  It is important to keep these neighboring rights in mind, in addition to the rights of the copyright holder, when considering what uses of a given work are permissible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the neighboring rights attached to performances, some countries recently have recognized rights in databases, semiconductor chip designs, boat-hull designs, and so forth.  These rights are commonly known as &#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;sui generis&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039; rights -- although the distinction between &amp;quot;neighboring rights&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sui generis&amp;quot; rights is largely arbitrary.  Of these new rights, the only one that might significantly affect the activities of librarians is the protection of databases.  As indicated above, most countries use ordinary copyright law to protect original ways in which the data in a database is selected or arranged.  But, so far, only in the European Union are the &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;contents&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; of the database protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The EU&#039;s database protection system is highly controversial.  Critics contend that it is unnecessary to provide incentives for the creation of databases and merely impedes the flow of factual information.  However, efforts to test this criticism empirically by comparing the rates of database innovation in countries with and without database protection rules have thus far been inconclusive.  Until the dispute is resolved, database protection is unlikely to spread to developing countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental and Lending Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to the rights described above, in some countries the holders of copyrights in some kinds of works have been given rights of various sorts in situations where their works are temporarily made available to other persons.  Two quite different rights must be distinguished.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;rental right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is rented to someone for commercial advantage.  A &#039;&#039;&#039;public lending right&#039;&#039;&#039; governs situations in which a copy of a copyrighted work is provided temporarily by an institution to a patron for free.  The lending practices of almost all public and academic libraries would fall under the second heading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both rights are relatively new and remain highly controversial.  The TRIPS Agreement (in Article 11), the WCT (in Article 7), and the WPPT (in Articles 9 and 13) now all require member countries to recognize rental rights -- but only with respect to three narrow categories of works: computer programs, movies, and phonograms.  None of these agreements -- and no other multilateral treaty -- requires member countries to recognize public lending rights.  Thus far, only one regional agreement requires member countries to establish public lending rights:  the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rental_Directive 1992 Rental and Lending Rights Directive of the EU((.link_green))].  Articles 1 and 2 of that directive require members to extend both rental and lending rights, not just to performers, phonogram producers, and film producers, but also to &amp;quot;authors.&amp;quot;  Article 5 of the directive permits member countries to limit the lending right, but only if authors are compensated, or to exempt categories of institutions from its coverage, but only if they do not thereby effectively exempt all institutions.  The directive proved extremely controversial, and formal proceedings were necessary to force several EU members to conform to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the highly incomplete coverage of rental and public lending rights in the supranational agreements, it is not surprising that many countries currently do not recognize them.  Of particular importance to libraries, [http://www.plrinternational.com/established/established.htm currently only 29 countries] have established public lending rights systems.  Most of those countries are in Europe.  The United States does not have one, nor does any country in Latin America, Africa, or Asia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Librarians in developing countries may soon be called upon to participate in discussions concerning whether their countries should adopt a public lending right system.  What position should they take?  [http://www.ifla.org/en/about The International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA)] offers [http://www.ifla.org/en/publications/the-ifla-position-on-public-lending-right two sensible recommendations((.link_red))].  First, librarians should not accept any legislative proposals that would require the libraries themselves to pay fees to authors, performers, and producers.  The only ways that libraries could make such payments would be either to charge users or to withdraw scarce resources from other programs.  Either strategy would fundamentally impair the libraries&#039; core mission.  In short, the only acceptable version of a public lending system would be one in which the government, not the libraries, paid the fees -- as occurs in most European countries.  Second, the IFLA argues that even a system in which the government paid the fees would be unwise in developing countries, because it would reduce the money the government could spend on even more essential social or cultural functions -- such as providing its citizens adequate health care or basic educations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Additional Resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following judicial opinions explore and apply some of the principles discussed in this section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/entertainment/8497433.stm Larrikin Music v. Men at Work] (Australia 2010) (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://curia.europa.eu/jurisp/cgi-bin/gettext.pl?lang=en&amp;amp;num=79909283C19080005&amp;amp;doc=T&amp;amp;ouvert=T&amp;amp;seance=ARRET Case C-5/08, Infopaq International A/S v. Danske Dagblades Forening] (right of reproduction) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/EWCA/Crim/2009/2293.html Gilham v. R, Court of Appeal of England and Wales (Court of Appeal of England and Wales), 2009] (right of reproduction)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Warner_Bros._and_JK_Rowling_vs._RDR_Books J.K. Rowling v. RDR Books, 575 F.Supp.2d 513 (2009)] (derivative works)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62005J0306:EN:HTML Case C-306/05, Sociedad General de Autores y Editores de España (SGAE) v. Rafael Hoteles SA] (Meaning of Communication to the Public)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:62000J0245:EN:HTML Case C-245/00, Stichting ter Exploitatie van Naburige Rechten (SENA) v. Nederlandse Omroep Stichting (NOS)] (Rental Rights – Equitable Remuneration)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wired.com/images_blogs/threatlevel/2009/04/piratebayverdicts.pdf Sweden: B 13301-06, 17 April 2009 (Pirate Bay Case)] (Meaning of Making Available)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4006</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4006"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:16:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4005</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=4005"/>
		<updated>2013-03-11T17:16:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Copyright_Entitlements]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3997</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3997"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:19:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term. The Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act, passed in 1998, added another 20 years of protection (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to protect the rights of authors, the Copyright Act of 1976 allows authors of pre-1978 works to terminate any grant of copyright (including assignment) made by the author or his heirs once the renewal term is expired and &amp;quot;recapture&amp;quot; the last 39 years of copyright (as extended by the Act).  In other words, if you are the author (or certain heirs, in the case that the author dies) of a pre-1978 work, even if you irrevocably assigned the copyright in your work to someone else, you can terminate the assignment at the end of the original copyright renewal term (28 + 28 = 56) and exploit the work for your own benefit for the additional 39 years of protection granted by the 1976 Act.  Of course, termination is complicated, and the assignee must be notified within statutorily prescribed times (not more than 10 years and not less than 2 years before expiration of the renewal term).  If you miss this window, you may try again to terminate at the end of 75 years to recapture the last 20 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, post-1978 works also have a five year termination window beginning 35 years after the grant of copyright, in the case where the grant was made by the author (and not his heirs). Similar notification provisions apply (see above).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;An Additional Wrinkle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the author of a pre-1978 work dies before the renewal term, her heirs have the rights to the renewal term, even if the author has assigned or willed the copyright to someone else!  In other words, if an author of a pre-1978 work assigns the copyright to a publisher in the initial 28 year term, and then dies before the expiration of the initial 28 year term, his heirs have the rights to the remaining 67 years.  This applies also to derivative works - if, say, a motion picture is made (with permission from the author) based on a pre-1978 novel, and the author dies before the 28th year of the initial term, and his heirs do not wish to permit continued exploitation of the work in the derivative work, they may prevent it.  If, however, the author dies in the 30th year (e.g. the second year of the 28 year renewal term), then the outcome is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See [[Media:JACopyrightAct.pdf]] Copyright Act, section 10. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article [[Media:JARegArticle.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2012/04/article_0005.html WIPO Article on Termination in the US]&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.copylaw.com/new_articles/copyterm.html Another article on Copyright Termination in the US]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3996</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3996"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:18:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term. The Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act, passed in 1998, added another 20 years of protection (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to protect the rights of authors, the Copyright Act of 1976 allows authors of pre-1978 works to terminate any grant of copyright (including assignment) made by the author or his heirs once the renewal term is expired and &amp;quot;recapture&amp;quot; the last 39 years of copyright (as extended by the Act).  In other words, if you are the author (or certain heirs, in the case that the author dies) of a pre-1978 work, even if you irrevocably assigned the copyright in your work to someone else, you can terminate the assignment at the end of the original copyright renewal term (28 + 28 = 56) and exploit the work for your own benefit for the additional 39 years of protection granted by the 1976 Act.  Of course, termination is complicated, and the assignee must be notified within statutorily prescribed times (not more than 10 years and not less than 2 years before expiration of the renewal term).  If you miss this window, you may try again to terminate at the end of 75 years to recapture the last 20 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, post-1978 works also have a five year termination window beginning 35 years after the grant of copyright, in the case where the grant was made by the author (and not his heirs). Similar notification provisions apply (see above).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;An Additional Wrinkle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the author of a pre-1978 work dies before the renewal term, her heirs have the rights to the renewal term, even if the author has assigned or willed the copyright to someone else!  In other words, if an author of a pre-1978 work assigns the copyright to a publisher in the initial 28 year term, and then dies before the expiration of the initial 28 year term, his heirs have the rights to the remaining 67 years.  This applies also to derivative works - if, say, a motion picture is made (with permission from the author) based on a pre-1978 novel, and the author dies before the 28th year of the initial term, and his heirs do not wish to permit continued exploitation of the work in the derivative work, they may prevent it.  If, however, the author dies in the 30th year (e.g. the second year of the 28 year renewal term), then the outcome is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See [[Media:JACopyrightAct.pdf]] Copyright Act, section 10. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2012/04/article_0005.html WIPO Article on Termination in the US]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3995</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3995"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:17:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term. The Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act, passed in 1998, added another 20 years of protection (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to protect the rights of authors, the Copyright Act of 1976 allows authors of pre-1978 works to terminate any grant of copyright (including assignment) made by the author or his heirs once the renewal term is expired and &amp;quot;recapture&amp;quot; the last 39 years of copyright (as extended by the Act).  In other words, if you are the author (or certain heirs, in the case that the author dies) of a pre-1978 work, even if you irrevocably assigned the copyright in your work to someone else, you can terminate the assignment at the end of the original copyright renewal term (28 + 28 = 56) and exploit the work for your own benefit for the additional 39 years of protection granted by the 1976 Act.  Of course, termination is complicated, and the assignee must be notified within statutorily prescribed times (not more than 10 years and not less than 2 years before expiration of the renewal term).  If you miss this window, you may try again to terminate at the end of 75 years to recapture the last 20 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, post-1978 works also have a five year termination window beginning 35 years after the grant of copyright, in the case where the grant was made by the author (and not his heirs). Similar notification provisions apply (see above).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;An Additional Wrinkle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the author of a pre-1978 work dies before the renewal term, her heirs have the rights to the renewal term, even if the author has assigned or willed the copyright to someone else!  In other words, if an author of a pre-1978 work assigns the copyright to a publisher in the initial 28 year term, and then dies before the expiration of the initial 28 year term, his heirs have the rights to the remaining 67 years.  This applies also to derivative works - if, say, a motion picture is made (with permission from the author) based on a pre-1978 novel, and the author dies before the 28th year of the initial term, and his heirs do not wish to permit continued exploitation of the work in the derivative work, they may prevent it.  If, however, the author dies in the 30th year (e.g. the second year of the 28 year renewal term), then the outcome is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See [Media:JACopyrightAct.pdf Copyright Act, section 10]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2012/04/article_0005.html WIPO Article on Termination in the US]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3994</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3994"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:17:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term. The Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act, passed in 1998, added another 20 years of protection (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to protect the rights of authors, the Copyright Act of 1976 allows authors of pre-1978 works to terminate any grant of copyright (including assignment) made by the author or his heirs once the renewal term is expired and &amp;quot;recapture&amp;quot; the last 39 years of copyright (as extended by the Act).  In other words, if you are the author (or certain heirs, in the case that the author dies) of a pre-1978 work, even if you irrevocably assigned the copyright in your work to someone else, you can terminate the assignment at the end of the original copyright renewal term (28 + 28 = 56) and exploit the work for your own benefit for the additional 39 years of protection granted by the 1976 Act.  Of course, termination is complicated, and the assignee must be notified within statutorily prescribed times (not more than 10 years and not less than 2 years before expiration of the renewal term).  If you miss this window, you may try again to terminate at the end of 75 years to recapture the last 20 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, post-1978 works also have a five year termination window beginning 35 years after the grant of copyright, in the case where the grant was made by the author (and not his heirs). Similar notification provisions apply (see above).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;An Additional Wrinkle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the author of a pre-1978 work dies before the renewal term, her heirs have the rights to the renewal term, even if the author has assigned or willed the copyright to someone else!  In other words, if an author of a pre-1978 work assigns the copyright to a publisher in the initial 28 year term, and then dies before the expiration of the initial 28 year term, his heirs have the rights to the remaining 67 years.  This applies also to derivative works - if, say, a motion picture is made (with permission from the author) based on a pre-1978 novel, and the author dies before the 28th year of the initial term, and his heirs do not wish to permit continued exploitation of the work in the derivative work, they may prevent it.  If, however, the author dies in the 30th year (e.g. the second year of the 28 year renewal term), then the outcome is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See [[Media:JACopyrightAct.pdf Copyright Act, section 10]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2012/04/article_0005.html WIPO Article on Termination in the US]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3993</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3993"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:16:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term. The Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act, passed in 1998, added another 20 years of protection (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to protect the rights of authors, the Copyright Act of 1976 allows authors of pre-1978 works to terminate any grant of copyright (including assignment) made by the author or his heirs once the renewal term is expired and &amp;quot;recapture&amp;quot; the last 39 years of copyright (as extended by the Act).  In other words, if you are the author (or certain heirs, in the case that the author dies) of a pre-1978 work, even if you irrevocably assigned the copyright in your work to someone else, you can terminate the assignment at the end of the original copyright renewal term (28 + 28 = 56) and exploit the work for your own benefit for the additional 39 years of protection granted by the 1976 Act.  Of course, termination is complicated, and the assignee must be notified within statutorily prescribed times (not more than 10 years and not less than 2 years before expiration of the renewal term).  If you miss this window, you may try again to terminate at the end of 75 years to recapture the last 20 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, post-1978 works also have a five year termination window beginning 35 years after the grant of copyright, in the case where the grant was made by the author (and not his heirs). Similar notification provisions apply (see above).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;An Additional Wrinkle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the author of a pre-1978 work dies before the renewal term, her heirs have the rights to the renewal term, even if the author has assigned or willed the copyright to someone else!  In other words, if an author of a pre-1978 work assigns the copyright to a publisher in the initial 28 year term, and then dies before the expiration of the initial 28 year term, his heirs have the rights to the remaining 67 years.  This applies also to derivative works - if, say, a motion picture is made (with permission from the author) based on a pre-1978 novel, and the author dies before the 28th year of the initial term, and his heirs do not wish to permit continued exploitation of the work in the derivative work, they may prevent it.  If, however, the author dies in the 30th year (e.g. the second year of the 28 year renewal term), then the outcome is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See Copyright Act, section 10. [[Media:JACopyrightAct.pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2012/04/article_0005.html WIPO Article on Termination in the US]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=File:JARegArticle.pdf&amp;diff=3992</id>
		<title>File:JARegArticle.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=File:JARegArticle.pdf&amp;diff=3992"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:14:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=File:JACopyrightAct.pdf&amp;diff=3991</id>
		<title>File:JACopyrightAct.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=File:JACopyrightAct.pdf&amp;diff=3991"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:13:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3990</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3990"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:11:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term. The Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act, passed in 1998, added another 20 years of protection (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to protect the rights of authors, the Copyright Act of 1976 allows authors of pre-1978 works to terminate any grant of copyright (including assignment) made by the author or his heirs once the renewal term is expired and &amp;quot;recapture&amp;quot; the last 39 years of copyright (as extended by the Act).  In other words, if you are the author (or certain heirs, in the case that the author dies) of a pre-1978 work, even if you irrevocably assigned the copyright in your work to someone else, you can terminate the assignment at the end of the original copyright renewal term (28 + 28 = 56) and exploit the work for your own benefit for the additional 39 years of protection granted by the 1976 Act.  Of course, termination is complicated, and the assignee must be notified within statutorily prescribed times (not more than 10 years and not less than 2 years before expiration of the renewal term).  If you miss this window, you may try again to terminate at the end of 75 years to recapture the last 20 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, post-1978 works also have a five year termination window beginning 35 years after the grant of copyright, in the case where the grant was made by the author (and not his heirs). Similar notification provisions apply (see above).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;An Additional Wrinkle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the author of a pre-1978 work dies before the renewal term, her heirs have the rights to the renewal term, even if the author has assigned or willed the copyright to someone else!  In other words, if an author of a pre-1978 work assigns the copyright to a publisher in the initial 28 year term, and then dies before the expiration of the initial 28 year term, his heirs have the rights to the remaining 67 years.  This applies also to derivative works - if, say, a motion picture is made (with permission from the author) based on a pre-1978 novel, and the author dies before the 28th year of the initial term, and his heirs do not wish to permit continued exploitation of the work in the derivative work, they may prevent it.  If, however, the author dies in the 30th year (e.g. the second year of the 28 year renewal term), then the outcome is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See Copyright Act, section 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Additional Reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.wipo.int/wipo_magazine/en/2012/04/article_0005.html WIPO Article on Termination in the US]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3989</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3989"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T21:06:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term. The Sonny Bono Copyright Term Extension Act, passed in 1998, added another 20 years of protection (see above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to protect the rights of authors, the Copyright Act of 1976 allows authors of pre-1978 works to terminate any grant of copyright (including assignment) made by the author or his heirs once the renewal term is expired and &amp;quot;recapture&amp;quot; the last 39 years of copyright (as extended by the Act).  In other words, if you are the author (or certain heirs, in the case that the author dies) of a pre-1978 work, even if you irrevocably assigned the copyright in your work to someone else, you can terminate the assignment at the end of the original copyright renewal term (28 + 28 = 56) and exploit the work for your own benefit for the additional 39 years of protection granted by the 1976 Act.  Of course, termination is complicated, and the assignee must be notified within statutorily prescribed times (not more than 10 years and not less than 2 years before expiration of the renewal term).  If you miss this window, you may try again to terminate at the end of 75 years to recapture the last 20 years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Additionally, post-1978 works also have a five year termination window beginning 35 years after the grant of copyright, in the case where the grant was made by the author (and not his heirs). Similar notification provisions apply (see above).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;An Additional Wrinkle&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the author of a pre-1978 work dies before the renewal term, her heirs have the rights to the renewal term, even if the author has assigned or willed the copyright to someone else!  In other words, if an author of a pre-1978 work assigns the copyright to a publisher in the initial 28 year term, and then dies before the expiration of the initial 28 year term, his heirs have the rights to the remaining 67 years.  This applies also to derivative works - if, say, a motion picture is made (with permission from the author) based on a pre-1978 novel, and the author dies before the 28th year of the initial term, and his heirs do not wish to permit continued exploitation of the work in the derivative work, they may prevent it.  If, however, the author dies in the 30th year (e.g. the second year of the 28 year renewal term), then the outcome is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See Copyright Act, section 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3988</id>
		<title>The Mechanics of Copyright-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&amp;diff=3988"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T18:09:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: Created page with &amp;quot;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]  == Copyright Term ==  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;US&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  At present in the United States, works that were created ...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Term ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present in the United States, works that were created after 1978 are protected by copyright for a period of seventy years after the death of the author, except for works made for hire, which are protected for 120 years from creation, or 95 years from publication, whichever comes first.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Renewal Term&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pre-1978, under the 1909 Copyright Act, works were protected for an initial period of 28 years, and a &amp;quot;renewal term&amp;quot; of 28 years.  The Copyright Act of 1976 extended the term, providing that works created prior to January 1, 1978 received an additional 19 years on the renewal term, bringing the total term of protection to 75 years.  Works created after January 1, 1978 were protected for fifty years after the death of the author; works made for hire received a 75 year term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Termination&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Jamaica&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Jamaica, most works are protected for a period of fifty years after the death of the author (or, in the case of joint authors, the death of the last known author).  If the author is unknown, a work is protected for fifty years from the date it was first made available to the public.  However, three types of works receive different periods of protection: computer generated works receive protection for a period of fifty years from creation, and sound recordings and films receive fifty years from the year that it was made, or published (whichever comes first).  See Copyright Act, section 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright Registration ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to obtain copyright registration in the United States, a copyright owner must fill out a form, pay a small fee, and deposit two copies of the work with the Library of Congress.  Registration is not required; however, in order to bring a copyright infringement suit, the work MUST be registered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At present, Jamaica does not have a registration system; however, JIPO is testing a voluntary registration system that would, for a small fee, register a work by completing two forms and submitting a digital copy of the work.  The copyright owner would then receive a Certificate of Registration.  See article&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=3987</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=3987"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T17:17:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Entitlements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=3986</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=3986"/>
		<updated>2013-03-04T17:16:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;The_Mechanics_of_Copyright-JA&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Entitlements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship-JA&amp;diff=3967</id>
		<title>Authorship-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship-JA&amp;diff=3967"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T15:44:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/cx/CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013 back to Jamaica Main Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== What is an “Author”? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rights Ownership Rules: How to Determine the Original Rights Holder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention gives member countries broad flexibility in determining who is considered an author (and therefore the original copyright holder) of a literary or artistic work. Article 15(1) of the Convention provides:“In order that the author of a literary or artistic work protected by this Convention shall, in the absence of proof to the contrary, be regarded as such, and consequently be entitled to institute infringement proceedings in the countries of the Union, it shall be sufficient for his name to appear on the work in the usual manner. This paragraph shall be applicable even if this name is a pseudonym, where the pseudonym adopted by the author leaves no doubt as to his identity.”&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of civil law countries stipulate that only “persons” in the ordinary sense can qualify as authors. Spanish copyright law, for example, specifies “the natural person who creates any literary, artistic, or scientific work shall be considered the author thereof.” Similarly, French copyright law states that “authorship shall belong, unless proved otherwise, to the person or persons under whose name the work has been disclosed.” Common-law countries, by contrast, more often permit organizations -- including corporations -- to qualify as “authors.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author is often defined as the person who conceives of and gives expression to an idea. However, in some cases, this determination becomes more complicated. It may depend on who assists in the production of the work or who oversees and directs the arrangement of the details of the work. In such cases, the determination of authorship will depend on the facts of the specific case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Works by Multiple Authors: Rules for Joint Authorship and Collaborations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joint authorship exists when two or more persons create a copyrighted work. The copyright law in most countries grants each contributor an undivided share of the copyright in the work. The Berne Convention recognizes that joint authorship exists but does not specify the requirements for joint authorship, creating a significant variance among nations.&lt;br /&gt;
Countries in continental Europe typically stipulate that joint authorship does not require that each author contribute the same amount to the work. Instead, it only requires that each author’s contribution displays the minimal amount of creativity or originality necessary in the jurisdiction to merit copyright protection in its own right. Applying this approach, the Dutch Supreme Court decision Kluwer v. Lamoth, 169 R.I.D.A. 129 (1996), granted a stylist co-authorship status for creatively rearranging needleworks for a photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, joint authorship only arises when each author’s contribution cannot be separated and commercially exploited independently of the work as a whole. For instance, Japanese legislation defines joint works as works that are “created by two or more persons in which the contribution of each person cannot be separately exploited.” If the works can be separated -- for instance, when one author contributes the music and another the lyrics for a song -- each contributor is typically given an independent copyright in his or her contribution. In other countries, like the United States, it is necessary that each of the contributors intend that the others should become joint authors.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the rules on this issue vary substantially by country. In all countries, however, it is possible for two or more people to share a copyright.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Derivative Works&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Derivative works consist of adaptations or modifications of preexisting works. Common examples include abridgments or motion-picture adaptations of novels. The Berne Convention does not explicitly refer to derivative works. Instead, it lists certain uses of copyrighted works for which member countries must provide copyright protection. Specifically, the Berne Convention Article 2, Section 3 states: “Translations, adaptations, arrangements of music and other alterations of a literary or artistic work shall be protected as original works without prejudice to the copyright of the original work.” This provision is incorporated into the TRIPS Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
Although this standard protects specific types of derivative works, it does not specify how different a derivative work must be from the original in order to merit copyright protection. As a result, it is often unclear how much originality is required to obtain a new copyright. Suppose, for example, a sculptor creates a scale model of Rodin&#039;s famous &amp;quot;Tinker&amp;quot; -- which, because of its age -- has fallen into the public domain. How much different from the original sculpture must the scale model be in order to secure copyright protection? Courts struggle with this issue -- and have produced inconsistent decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the original work from used to derivative work has not fallen into the public domain, and the maker of the derivative works fails to get a license from the holder of the copyright in the original? In some countries, like the United States, the unauthorized derivative work does not get any copyright protection. In other countries, like the Netherlands and France, the unauthorized derivative work is protected. This does not mean that the creator of the derivative work is free to make and sell copies of his creation. Rather, it means that other people (including the owner of the copyright in the original work) must obtain the permission of the creator of the derivative work before making or distributing copies of the derivative work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Works and Compilations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compilations are another example where a copyright may be obtained through the use and manipulation of preexisting works. Compilations are works formed by assembling, selecting, or rearranging preexisting works such that the result becomes an original work by the compiler. Collective works represent a specific type of compilation in which a number of separate and independent contributions are assembled into one work. A collective work, then, is a work by two or more authors that is not cohesive enough to qualify as a joint work on its own. Article 2, Section 5 of the Berne Convention only requires the protection of collective works: “Collections of literary or artistic works such as encyclopedias and anthologies which, by reason of the selection and arrangement of their contents, constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such, without prejudice to the copyright in each of the works forming part of such collections.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Article 10, Section 2 of the TRIPS Agreement, on the other hand, requires member countries of the WTO to extend copyright protection to all compilations: “Compilations of data or other material, whether in machine readable or other form, which by reason of the selection or arrangement of their contents constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such. Such protection, which shall not extend to the data or material itself, shall be without prejudice to any copyright subsisting in the data or material itself.” The last sentence of this provision should be emphasized. Unless a database is created in a member country of the European Union (the only area that has created a sui generis system of protections for databases), other people are free to extract and copy the contents of the database. The only thing they may not do is reproduce the original way in which those contents are selected and arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Employees and Works for Hire&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Employees are often hired to create literary or artistic works for their employer. This relationship sometimes confuses the allocation of authorship rights.&lt;br /&gt;
By default, civil law countries vest authorship and its attendant rights in the employee, not the employer. This approach requires that employers contract with employees to obtain the copyrights to the creative works. For instance, the French Intellectual Property Code stipulates that copyright vests in the work’s actual author and not his employer. There is an exception in the French Code for some categories of work, such as software, where rights are immediately assigned to the employer. On the other hand, some civil law countries, including Germany, automatically assign copyright from the employee to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Common-law countries, such as the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom, by default award the copyright for an employee&#039;s invention to her employer. For instance, Canadian copyright law states that if a work is created within the scope of employment, “the person by whom the author was employed shall, in the absence of agreement to the contrary, be the first holder of the copyright.” Under the British Copyright, Designs and Patents Act of 1988, if a copyrighted work is made by an employee in the course of that employment, the copyright is automatically owned by the employer as a &amp;quot;work for hire.&amp;quot; The United States has a similar rule, but also provides that a work may become a &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; even if it is created by an independent contractor (rather than an employee acting within the scope of employment) so long as the work (a) falls within a limited list of eligible types of works and (b) the parties agree in writing that it shall be classified as a work for hire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Servants, Researchers and Professors&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, college and university faculty members have been exempted from the &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; doctrine.&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, works made in the scope of the employment of civil servants are also excluded from the “work for hire” doctrine, because they are denied copyright protection altogether. In other countries, this is not true. For instance, copyright law in the Czech Republic contains a presumption that a work created by a civil servant is a work for hire, and the copyright and authorship rights are granted to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(The foregoing is an excerpt from the EIFL Copyright Curriculum, available at: http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_3:_The_Scope_of_Copyright_Law#What_is_an_.E2.80.9CAuthor.E2.80.9D.3F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Please also read: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.sutherland.com/files/Publication/803e946d-83fe-4f38-8eaa-ec2fbf9b3782/Presentation/PublicationAttachment/11e6c1f9-66f4-4151-b480-251781227c39/WorkforHireLaws.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://williampatry.blogspot.com/2006/12/whiter-shade-of-joint-authorship.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship-JA&amp;diff=3966</id>
		<title>Authorship-JA</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship-JA&amp;diff=3966"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T15:44:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: Created page with &amp;quot; == What is an “Author”? ==  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rights Ownership Rules: How to Determine the Original Rights Holder&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The Berne Convention gives member countries broad flexibility in de...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is an “Author”? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rights Ownership Rules: How to Determine the Original Rights Holder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention gives member countries broad flexibility in determining who is considered an author (and therefore the original copyright holder) of a literary or artistic work. Article 15(1) of the Convention provides:“In order that the author of a literary or artistic work protected by this Convention shall, in the absence of proof to the contrary, be regarded as such, and consequently be entitled to institute infringement proceedings in the countries of the Union, it shall be sufficient for his name to appear on the work in the usual manner. This paragraph shall be applicable even if this name is a pseudonym, where the pseudonym adopted by the author leaves no doubt as to his identity.”&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of civil law countries stipulate that only “persons” in the ordinary sense can qualify as authors. Spanish copyright law, for example, specifies “the natural person who creates any literary, artistic, or scientific work shall be considered the author thereof.” Similarly, French copyright law states that “authorship shall belong, unless proved otherwise, to the person or persons under whose name the work has been disclosed.” Common-law countries, by contrast, more often permit organizations -- including corporations -- to qualify as “authors.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author is often defined as the person who conceives of and gives expression to an idea. However, in some cases, this determination becomes more complicated. It may depend on who assists in the production of the work or who oversees and directs the arrangement of the details of the work. In such cases, the determination of authorship will depend on the facts of the specific case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Works by Multiple Authors: Rules for Joint Authorship and Collaborations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joint authorship exists when two or more persons create a copyrighted work. The copyright law in most countries grants each contributor an undivided share of the copyright in the work. The Berne Convention recognizes that joint authorship exists but does not specify the requirements for joint authorship, creating a significant variance among nations.&lt;br /&gt;
Countries in continental Europe typically stipulate that joint authorship does not require that each author contribute the same amount to the work. Instead, it only requires that each author’s contribution displays the minimal amount of creativity or originality necessary in the jurisdiction to merit copyright protection in its own right. Applying this approach, the Dutch Supreme Court decision Kluwer v. Lamoth, 169 R.I.D.A. 129 (1996), granted a stylist co-authorship status for creatively rearranging needleworks for a photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, joint authorship only arises when each author’s contribution cannot be separated and commercially exploited independently of the work as a whole. For instance, Japanese legislation defines joint works as works that are “created by two or more persons in which the contribution of each person cannot be separately exploited.” If the works can be separated -- for instance, when one author contributes the music and another the lyrics for a song -- each contributor is typically given an independent copyright in his or her contribution. In other countries, like the United States, it is necessary that each of the contributors intend that the others should become joint authors.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the rules on this issue vary substantially by country. In all countries, however, it is possible for two or more people to share a copyright.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Derivative Works&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Derivative works consist of adaptations or modifications of preexisting works. Common examples include abridgments or motion-picture adaptations of novels. The Berne Convention does not explicitly refer to derivative works. Instead, it lists certain uses of copyrighted works for which member countries must provide copyright protection. Specifically, the Berne Convention Article 2, Section 3 states: “Translations, adaptations, arrangements of music and other alterations of a literary or artistic work shall be protected as original works without prejudice to the copyright of the original work.” This provision is incorporated into the TRIPS Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
Although this standard protects specific types of derivative works, it does not specify how different a derivative work must be from the original in order to merit copyright protection. As a result, it is often unclear how much originality is required to obtain a new copyright. Suppose, for example, a sculptor creates a scale model of Rodin&#039;s famous &amp;quot;Tinker&amp;quot; -- which, because of its age -- has fallen into the public domain. How much different from the original sculpture must the scale model be in order to secure copyright protection? Courts struggle with this issue -- and have produced inconsistent decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the original work from used to derivative work has not fallen into the public domain, and the maker of the derivative works fails to get a license from the holder of the copyright in the original? In some countries, like the United States, the unauthorized derivative work does not get any copyright protection. In other countries, like the Netherlands and France, the unauthorized derivative work is protected. This does not mean that the creator of the derivative work is free to make and sell copies of his creation. Rather, it means that other people (including the owner of the copyright in the original work) must obtain the permission of the creator of the derivative work before making or distributing copies of the derivative work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Works and Compilations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compilations are another example where a copyright may be obtained through the use and manipulation of preexisting works. Compilations are works formed by assembling, selecting, or rearranging preexisting works such that the result becomes an original work by the compiler. Collective works represent a specific type of compilation in which a number of separate and independent contributions are assembled into one work. A collective work, then, is a work by two or more authors that is not cohesive enough to qualify as a joint work on its own. Article 2, Section 5 of the Berne Convention only requires the protection of collective works: “Collections of literary or artistic works such as encyclopedias and anthologies which, by reason of the selection and arrangement of their contents, constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such, without prejudice to the copyright in each of the works forming part of such collections.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Article 10, Section 2 of the TRIPS Agreement, on the other hand, requires member countries of the WTO to extend copyright protection to all compilations: “Compilations of data or other material, whether in machine readable or other form, which by reason of the selection or arrangement of their contents constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such. Such protection, which shall not extend to the data or material itself, shall be without prejudice to any copyright subsisting in the data or material itself.” The last sentence of this provision should be emphasized. Unless a database is created in a member country of the European Union (the only area that has created a sui generis system of protections for databases), other people are free to extract and copy the contents of the database. The only thing they may not do is reproduce the original way in which those contents are selected and arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Employees and Works for Hire&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Employees are often hired to create literary or artistic works for their employer. This relationship sometimes confuses the allocation of authorship rights.&lt;br /&gt;
By default, civil law countries vest authorship and its attendant rights in the employee, not the employer. This approach requires that employers contract with employees to obtain the copyrights to the creative works. For instance, the French Intellectual Property Code stipulates that copyright vests in the work’s actual author and not his employer. There is an exception in the French Code for some categories of work, such as software, where rights are immediately assigned to the employer. On the other hand, some civil law countries, including Germany, automatically assign copyright from the employee to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Common-law countries, such as the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom, by default award the copyright for an employee&#039;s invention to her employer. For instance, Canadian copyright law states that if a work is created within the scope of employment, “the person by whom the author was employed shall, in the absence of agreement to the contrary, be the first holder of the copyright.” Under the British Copyright, Designs and Patents Act of 1988, if a copyrighted work is made by an employee in the course of that employment, the copyright is automatically owned by the employer as a &amp;quot;work for hire.&amp;quot; The United States has a similar rule, but also provides that a work may become a &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; even if it is created by an independent contractor (rather than an employee acting within the scope of employment) so long as the work (a) falls within a limited list of eligible types of works and (b) the parties agree in writing that it shall be classified as a work for hire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Servants, Researchers and Professors&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, college and university faculty members have been exempted from the &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; doctrine.&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, works made in the scope of the employment of civil servants are also excluded from the “work for hire” doctrine, because they are denied copyright protection altogether. In other countries, this is not true. For instance, copyright law in the Czech Republic contains a presumption that a work created by a civil servant is a work for hire, and the copyright and authorship rights are granted to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(The foregoing is an excerpt from the EIFL Copyright Curriculum, available at: http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_3:_The_Scope_of_Copyright_Law#What_is_an_.E2.80.9CAuthor.E2.80.9D.3F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Please also read: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.sutherland.com/files/Publication/803e946d-83fe-4f38-8eaa-ec2fbf9b3782/Presentation/PublicationAttachment/11e6c1f9-66f4-4151-b480-251781227c39/WorkforHireLaws.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://williampatry.blogspot.com/2006/12/whiter-shade-of-joint-authorship.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=3965</id>
		<title>CopyrightX: Jamaica 2013</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=CopyrightX:_Jamaica_2013&amp;diff=3965"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T15:43:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Course Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SCH.jpg|right]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Jamaican section of this EdX Copyright course endeavors to bring together Jamaican jurists, lawyers, policy makers, and stakeholders from the creative industries to achieve a deeper understanding of the relevance and potential of copyright for Jamaica. Participation will be limited to 10-15 participants to facilitate an in-depth and engaged in-person discussion each week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course will be offered over 12 weeks beginning the week of January 28th. The recorded lecture will be available to watch at your convenience online beginning on Tuesday of each week (this will be the same lecture as viewed by HLS students enrolled in the Copyright course). There will also be six &amp;quot;special events&amp;quot; over the course of the semester (guest lectures and panels on Copyright topics) - these will be live streamed on the Internet on certain Wednesdays at 7pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There will then be a set of assigned readings each week to prepare for our local discussion section. These are linked below, you can access them by clicking on the topic for a given week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Our discussion section will meet on Saturday mornings at NMLS in Room 5.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The course is taught by Professor William (Terry) Fisher, the Wilmer Hale Professor of Intellectual Property Law at Harvard Law School, and Director of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. Our local section will be led by Sarah Hsia Hall, a 2003 graduate of Harvard Law School and Intellectual Property and Entertainment attorney (admitted in NY), with participation from Professor Charles Nesson, Weld Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and founder of the Berkman Center for Internet and Society. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end of the course, participants will be asked to complete a brief assignment, the purpose of which is not to test your retention of the material covered, but rather to apply concepts prospectively, to address the issue of the role Copyright can and should play for Jamaica.  You will then receive a certificate confirming your participation and successful completion of the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Introduction to CopyrightX Materials==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set of materials is designed to provide readers an introduction to the main principles and characteristics of copyright law.  It is not a treatise; readers looking for a comprehensive and detailed examination of the copyright system should instead consult the sources listed at the bottom of this page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The materials are designed to accompany CopyrightX, a free online course taught by [http://www.tfisher.org/ William Fisher] under the auspices of [https://www.edx.org/university_profile/HarvardX HarvardX].  The materials are licensed under a [http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/ Creative Commons Attribution license].  The public at large is encouraged to use, distribute, translate, modify, and build upon these materials, provided that William Fisher and HarvardX are given appropriate credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Disclaimer===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These materials do not offer legal advice.  They provide general information concerning the principles that underlie the copyright system and indicate how various concrete problems are resolved in most countries.  They cannot, however, provide reliable guidance concerning how a court in a specific country would respond to a specific set of facts.  Thus, if you find yourself coming close to any of the legal boundaries described herein, you should consult a lawyer in your own jurisdiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Help Us Improve the Materials===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We hope to update and refine these materials periodically.  To do so, we need help from users.  Please let us know if a piece of information contained in a module is incorrect or out of date.  If you have suggestions concerning either the content of the modules or the way in which the content is presented, we are eager to hear them.  You can make these suggestions in either of two ways.  First, if you would like your suggestion to be available to the public, please click on the &amp;quot;Discussion&amp;quot; tab at the top of the page to which your suggestion is relevant.  Second, you can simply email us at sarahhsia at gmail dot com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;font-size: 105%; font-weight:bold; padding:0.4em; background-color:#ffffcc; border-bottom:1px solid #ffcc00; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Contents&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/Copyright_Lectures_2013.htm Copyright Lectures]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Course Materials:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 1: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_International_Framework_of_Copyright_Law-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Requirements_for_Copyright_Protection-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 2: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/Fisher_IP_Theories.pdf Fairness_and_Personality_Theories-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 3: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[The_Subject_Matter_of_Copyright-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;[http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/PTKChapter6.pdf Welfare Theory-JA]&#039;&#039;&#039; (try to read at least pp. 1-4, 16-32 and 41-42)&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 5: &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Authorship-JA]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 6: &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Machinery&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 7: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Reproduce and Modify&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Entitlements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 8: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Rights to Distribute, Perform and Display&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 9: &#039;&#039;&#039;Fair Use and Misuse&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Exceptions_and_Limitations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 10: &#039;&#039;&#039;Cultural Theory&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Traditional_Knowledge&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Moral_Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 11: &#039;&#039;&#039;Supplements to Copyright: Secondary Liability and Para-copyright&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Supplements&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Week 12: &#039;&#039;&#039;Remedies&#039;&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;&#039;Copyright_Litigation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Glossary]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Contributors]]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==[[image:resource.png|50px|]] Additional resources ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two leading treatises on copyright law in the United States are [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=10441 Nimmer on Copyright] and [http://www.amazon.com/Goldstein-Copyright-Paul/dp/0735544859 Goldstein on Copyright].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A thorough discussion of international copyright law may be found in Paul Edward Geller, ed., &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright Law and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (2 volumes, Matthew Bender), although its coverage of developing and transitional countries is thin.  Other useful paper treatises include Paul Goldstein, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;International Copyright: Principles, Law, and Practice&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press) and Silke von Lewinski, &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;[http://ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199207206.do International Copyright Law and Policy]&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; (Oxford University Press 2008).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent compendium of the copyright laws in over 100 countries has been assembled by [http://portal.unesco.org/culture/en/ev.php-URL_ID=14076&amp;amp;URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&amp;amp;URL_SECTION=201.html UNESCO: Collection of National Copyright Laws].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/e_index.html Research Center for the Legal System of Intellectual Property (RCLIP)], in cooperation with the [http://www.law.washington.edu/casrip Center for Advanced Study &amp;amp; Research on Intellectual Property (CASRIP)] of the University of Washington School of Law, is building [http://www.21coe-win-cls.org/rclip/db/search_form.php a comprehensive database of court decisions] involving intellectual property (including copyright law) in every country throughout the world.  The database is not yet complete but already constitutes a highly valuable research tool, particularly for Asian countries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A much shorter discussion of how the scope of copyright law has increased over time may be found in William Fisher, &amp;quot;Geistiges Eigentum - ein ausufernder Rechtsbereich: Die Geschichte des Ideenschutzes in den Vereinigten Staaten,&amp;quot; in Eigentum im internationalen Vergleich (Vandenhoeck &amp;amp; Ruprecht, 1999), 265-91 (English version available as: [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/iphistory.pdf The Growth of Intellectual Property: A History of the Ownership of Ideas in the United States]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more recent and more extended discussion of the same topic is [http://www.thepublicdomain.org/ James Boyle, The Public Domain: Enclosing the Commons of the Mind))] (Yale University Press 2008) (available for free online).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The best commentary on copyright law in general and its scope in particular remains a book published in 1967 by Benjamin Kaplan: [http://www.lexisnexis.com/store/catalog/productdetail.jsp?prodId=57038 An Unhurried View of Copyright].  Sadly, it is only available in print.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A comprehensive discussion of the aspects of copyright law that affect librarians -- and, in particular, librarians in developing countries -- may be found in the [http://www.eifl.net/cps/sections/services/eifl-ip/issues/handbook/handbook-e eIFL Handbook on Copyright and Related Issues for Libraries].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.economist.com/debate/overview/144 A short debate between Professors William Fisher and Justin Hughes((.link_red))], organized in May 2009 by the Economist magazine, examines the merits and demerits of the copyright system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A map, prepared by William Fisher, describing the main features of copyright law in the United States and, to a limited extent, other countries, is available [http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/people/tfisher/IP/IP%20Maps.htm here].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship&amp;diff=3964</id>
		<title>Authorship</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship&amp;diff=3964"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T15:43:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is an “Author”? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rights Ownership Rules: How to Determine the Original Rights Holder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention gives member countries broad flexibility in determining who is considered an author (and therefore the original copyright holder) of a literary or artistic work. Article 15(1) of the Convention provides:“In order that the author of a literary or artistic work protected by this Convention shall, in the absence of proof to the contrary, be regarded as such, and consequently be entitled to institute infringement proceedings in the countries of the Union, it shall be sufficient for his name to appear on the work in the usual manner. This paragraph shall be applicable even if this name is a pseudonym, where the pseudonym adopted by the author leaves no doubt as to his identity.”&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of civil law countries stipulate that only “persons” in the ordinary sense can qualify as authors. Spanish copyright law, for example, specifies “the natural person who creates any literary, artistic, or scientific work shall be considered the author thereof.” Similarly, French copyright law states that “authorship shall belong, unless proved otherwise, to the person or persons under whose name the work has been disclosed.” Common-law countries, by contrast, more often permit organizations -- including corporations -- to qualify as “authors.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author is often defined as the person who conceives of and gives expression to an idea. However, in some cases, this determination becomes more complicated. It may depend on who assists in the production of the work or who oversees and directs the arrangement of the details of the work. In such cases, the determination of authorship will depend on the facts of the specific case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Works by Multiple Authors: Rules for Joint Authorship and Collaborations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joint authorship exists when two or more persons create a copyrighted work. The copyright law in most countries grants each contributor an undivided share of the copyright in the work. The Berne Convention recognizes that joint authorship exists but does not specify the requirements for joint authorship, creating a significant variance among nations.&lt;br /&gt;
Countries in continental Europe typically stipulate that joint authorship does not require that each author contribute the same amount to the work. Instead, it only requires that each author’s contribution displays the minimal amount of creativity or originality necessary in the jurisdiction to merit copyright protection in its own right. Applying this approach, the Dutch Supreme Court decision Kluwer v. Lamoth, 169 R.I.D.A. 129 (1996), granted a stylist co-authorship status for creatively rearranging needleworks for a photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, joint authorship only arises when each author’s contribution cannot be separated and commercially exploited independently of the work as a whole. For instance, Japanese legislation defines joint works as works that are “created by two or more persons in which the contribution of each person cannot be separately exploited.” If the works can be separated -- for instance, when one author contributes the music and another the lyrics for a song -- each contributor is typically given an independent copyright in his or her contribution. In other countries, like the United States, it is necessary that each of the contributors intend that the others should become joint authors.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the rules on this issue vary substantially by country. In all countries, however, it is possible for two or more people to share a copyright.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Derivative Works&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Derivative works consist of adaptations or modifications of preexisting works. Common examples include abridgments or motion-picture adaptations of novels. The Berne Convention does not explicitly refer to derivative works. Instead, it lists certain uses of copyrighted works for which member countries must provide copyright protection. Specifically, the Berne Convention Article 2, Section 3 states: “Translations, adaptations, arrangements of music and other alterations of a literary or artistic work shall be protected as original works without prejudice to the copyright of the original work.” This provision is incorporated into the TRIPS Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
Although this standard protects specific types of derivative works, it does not specify how different a derivative work must be from the original in order to merit copyright protection. As a result, it is often unclear how much originality is required to obtain a new copyright. Suppose, for example, a sculptor creates a scale model of Rodin&#039;s famous &amp;quot;Tinker&amp;quot; -- which, because of its age -- has fallen into the public domain. How much different from the original sculpture must the scale model be in order to secure copyright protection? Courts struggle with this issue -- and have produced inconsistent decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the original work from used to derivative work has not fallen into the public domain, and the maker of the derivative works fails to get a license from the holder of the copyright in the original? In some countries, like the United States, the unauthorized derivative work does not get any copyright protection. In other countries, like the Netherlands and France, the unauthorized derivative work is protected. This does not mean that the creator of the derivative work is free to make and sell copies of his creation. Rather, it means that other people (including the owner of the copyright in the original work) must obtain the permission of the creator of the derivative work before making or distributing copies of the derivative work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Works and Compilations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compilations are another example where a copyright may be obtained through the use and manipulation of preexisting works. Compilations are works formed by assembling, selecting, or rearranging preexisting works such that the result becomes an original work by the compiler. Collective works represent a specific type of compilation in which a number of separate and independent contributions are assembled into one work. A collective work, then, is a work by two or more authors that is not cohesive enough to qualify as a joint work on its own. Article 2, Section 5 of the Berne Convention only requires the protection of collective works: “Collections of literary or artistic works such as encyclopedias and anthologies which, by reason of the selection and arrangement of their contents, constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such, without prejudice to the copyright in each of the works forming part of such collections.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Article 10, Section 2 of the TRIPS Agreement, on the other hand, requires member countries of the WTO to extend copyright protection to all compilations: “Compilations of data or other material, whether in machine readable or other form, which by reason of the selection or arrangement of their contents constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such. Such protection, which shall not extend to the data or material itself, shall be without prejudice to any copyright subsisting in the data or material itself.” The last sentence of this provision should be emphasized. Unless a database is created in a member country of the European Union (the only area that has created a sui generis system of protections for databases), other people are free to extract and copy the contents of the database. The only thing they may not do is reproduce the original way in which those contents are selected and arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Employees and Works for Hire&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Employees are often hired to create literary or artistic works for their employer. This relationship sometimes confuses the allocation of authorship rights.&lt;br /&gt;
By default, civil law countries vest authorship and its attendant rights in the employee, not the employer. This approach requires that employers contract with employees to obtain the copyrights to the creative works. For instance, the French Intellectual Property Code stipulates that copyright vests in the work’s actual author and not his employer. There is an exception in the French Code for some categories of work, such as software, where rights are immediately assigned to the employer. On the other hand, some civil law countries, including Germany, automatically assign copyright from the employee to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Common-law countries, such as the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom, by default award the copyright for an employee&#039;s invention to her employer. For instance, Canadian copyright law states that if a work is created within the scope of employment, “the person by whom the author was employed shall, in the absence of agreement to the contrary, be the first holder of the copyright.” Under the British Copyright, Designs and Patents Act of 1988, if a copyrighted work is made by an employee in the course of that employment, the copyright is automatically owned by the employer as a &amp;quot;work for hire.&amp;quot; The United States has a similar rule, but also provides that a work may become a &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; even if it is created by an independent contractor (rather than an employee acting within the scope of employment) so long as the work (a) falls within a limited list of eligible types of works and (b) the parties agree in writing that it shall be classified as a work for hire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Servants, Researchers and Professors&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, college and university faculty members have been exempted from the &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; doctrine.&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, works made in the scope of the employment of civil servants are also excluded from the “work for hire” doctrine, because they are denied copyright protection altogether. In other countries, this is not true. For instance, copyright law in the Czech Republic contains a presumption that a work created by a civil servant is a work for hire, and the copyright and authorship rights are granted to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(The foregoing is an excerpt from the EIFL Copyright Curriculum, available at: http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_3:_The_Scope_of_Copyright_Law#What_is_an_.E2.80.9CAuthor.E2.80.9D.3F)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Please also read: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.sutherland.com/files/Publication/803e946d-83fe-4f38-8eaa-ec2fbf9b3782/Presentation/PublicationAttachment/11e6c1f9-66f4-4151-b480-251781227c39/WorkforHireLaws.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://williampatry.blogspot.com/2006/12/whiter-shade-of-joint-authorship.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship&amp;diff=3963</id>
		<title>Authorship</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship&amp;diff=3963"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T15:42:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: /* Please also read: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is an “Author”? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rights Ownership Rules: How to Determine the Original Rights Holder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention gives member countries broad flexibility in determining who is considered an author (and therefore the original copyright holder) of a literary or artistic work. Article 15(1) of the Convention provides:“In order that the author of a literary or artistic work protected by this Convention shall, in the absence of proof to the contrary, be regarded as such, and consequently be entitled to institute infringement proceedings in the countries of the Union, it shall be sufficient for his name to appear on the work in the usual manner. This paragraph shall be applicable even if this name is a pseudonym, where the pseudonym adopted by the author leaves no doubt as to his identity.”&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of civil law countries stipulate that only “persons” in the ordinary sense can qualify as authors. Spanish copyright law, for example, specifies “the natural person who creates any literary, artistic, or scientific work shall be considered the author thereof.” Similarly, French copyright law states that “authorship shall belong, unless proved otherwise, to the person or persons under whose name the work has been disclosed.” Common-law countries, by contrast, more often permit organizations -- including corporations -- to qualify as “authors.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author is often defined as the person who conceives of and gives expression to an idea. However, in some cases, this determination becomes more complicated. It may depend on who assists in the production of the work or who oversees and directs the arrangement of the details of the work. In such cases, the determination of authorship will depend on the facts of the specific case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Works by Multiple Authors: Rules for Joint Authorship and Collaborations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joint authorship exists when two or more persons create a copyrighted work. The copyright law in most countries grants each contributor an undivided share of the copyright in the work. The Berne Convention recognizes that joint authorship exists but does not specify the requirements for joint authorship, creating a significant variance among nations.&lt;br /&gt;
Countries in continental Europe typically stipulate that joint authorship does not require that each author contribute the same amount to the work. Instead, it only requires that each author’s contribution displays the minimal amount of creativity or originality necessary in the jurisdiction to merit copyright protection in its own right. Applying this approach, the Dutch Supreme Court decision Kluwer v. Lamoth, 169 R.I.D.A. 129 (1996), granted a stylist co-authorship status for creatively rearranging needleworks for a photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, joint authorship only arises when each author’s contribution cannot be separated and commercially exploited independently of the work as a whole. For instance, Japanese legislation defines joint works as works that are “created by two or more persons in which the contribution of each person cannot be separately exploited.” If the works can be separated -- for instance, when one author contributes the music and another the lyrics for a song -- each contributor is typically given an independent copyright in his or her contribution. In other countries, like the United States, it is necessary that each of the contributors intend that the others should become joint authors.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the rules on this issue vary substantially by country. In all countries, however, it is possible for two or more people to share a copyright.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Derivative Works&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Derivative works consist of adaptations or modifications of preexisting works. Common examples include abridgments or motion-picture adaptations of novels. The Berne Convention does not explicitly refer to derivative works. Instead, it lists certain uses of copyrighted works for which member countries must provide copyright protection. Specifically, the Berne Convention Article 2, Section 3 states: “Translations, adaptations, arrangements of music and other alterations of a literary or artistic work shall be protected as original works without prejudice to the copyright of the original work.” This provision is incorporated into the TRIPS Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
Although this standard protects specific types of derivative works, it does not specify how different a derivative work must be from the original in order to merit copyright protection. As a result, it is often unclear how much originality is required to obtain a new copyright. Suppose, for example, a sculptor creates a scale model of Rodin&#039;s famous &amp;quot;Tinker&amp;quot; -- which, because of its age -- has fallen into the public domain. How much different from the original sculpture must the scale model be in order to secure copyright protection? Courts struggle with this issue -- and have produced inconsistent decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the original work from used to derivative work has not fallen into the public domain, and the maker of the derivative works fails to get a license from the holder of the copyright in the original? In some countries, like the United States, the unauthorized derivative work does not get any copyright protection. In other countries, like the Netherlands and France, the unauthorized derivative work is protected. This does not mean that the creator of the derivative work is free to make and sell copies of his creation. Rather, it means that other people (including the owner of the copyright in the original work) must obtain the permission of the creator of the derivative work before making or distributing copies of the derivative work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Works and Compilations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compilations are another example where a copyright may be obtained through the use and manipulation of preexisting works. Compilations are works formed by assembling, selecting, or rearranging preexisting works such that the result becomes an original work by the compiler. Collective works represent a specific type of compilation in which a number of separate and independent contributions are assembled into one work. A collective work, then, is a work by two or more authors that is not cohesive enough to qualify as a joint work on its own. Article 2, Section 5 of the Berne Convention only requires the protection of collective works: “Collections of literary or artistic works such as encyclopedias and anthologies which, by reason of the selection and arrangement of their contents, constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such, without prejudice to the copyright in each of the works forming part of such collections.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Article 10, Section 2 of the TRIPS Agreement, on the other hand, requires member countries of the WTO to extend copyright protection to all compilations: “Compilations of data or other material, whether in machine readable or other form, which by reason of the selection or arrangement of their contents constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such. Such protection, which shall not extend to the data or material itself, shall be without prejudice to any copyright subsisting in the data or material itself.” The last sentence of this provision should be emphasized. Unless a database is created in a member country of the European Union (the only area that has created a sui generis system of protections for databases), other people are free to extract and copy the contents of the database. The only thing they may not do is reproduce the original way in which those contents are selected and arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Employees and Works for Hire&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Employees are often hired to create literary or artistic works for their employer. This relationship sometimes confuses the allocation of authorship rights.&lt;br /&gt;
By default, civil law countries vest authorship and its attendant rights in the employee, not the employer. This approach requires that employers contract with employees to obtain the copyrights to the creative works. For instance, the French Intellectual Property Code stipulates that copyright vests in the work’s actual author and not his employer. There is an exception in the French Code for some categories of work, such as software, where rights are immediately assigned to the employer. On the other hand, some civil law countries, including Germany, automatically assign copyright from the employee to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Common-law countries, such as the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom, by default award the copyright for an employee&#039;s invention to her employer. For instance, Canadian copyright law states that if a work is created within the scope of employment, “the person by whom the author was employed shall, in the absence of agreement to the contrary, be the first holder of the copyright.” Under the British Copyright, Designs and Patents Act of 1988, if a copyrighted work is made by an employee in the course of that employment, the copyright is automatically owned by the employer as a &amp;quot;work for hire.&amp;quot; The United States has a similar rule, but also provides that a work may become a &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; even if it is created by an independent contractor (rather than an employee acting within the scope of employment) so long as the work (a) falls within a limited list of eligible types of works and (b) the parties agree in writing that it shall be classified as a work for hire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Servants, Researchers and Professors&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, college and university faculty members have been exempted from the &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; doctrine.&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, works made in the scope of the employment of civil servants are also excluded from the “work for hire” doctrine, because they are denied copyright protection altogether. In other countries, this is not true. For instance, copyright law in the Czech Republic contains a presumption that a work created by a civil servant is a work for hire, and the copyright and authorship rights are granted to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpt from the EIFL Copyright Curriculum: http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_3:_The_Scope_of_Copyright_Law#What_is_an_.E2.80.9CAuthor.E2.80.9D.3F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Please also read: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.sutherland.com/files/Publication/803e946d-83fe-4f38-8eaa-ec2fbf9b3782/Presentation/PublicationAttachment/11e6c1f9-66f4-4151-b480-251781227c39/WorkforHireLaws.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://williampatry.blogspot.com/2006/12/whiter-shade-of-joint-authorship.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship&amp;diff=3962</id>
		<title>Authorship</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://cyber.harvard.edu/cx/?title=Authorship&amp;diff=3962"/>
		<updated>2013-02-26T15:42:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Shsai: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is an “Author”? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rights Ownership Rules: How to Determine the Original Rights Holder&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berne Convention gives member countries broad flexibility in determining who is considered an author (and therefore the original copyright holder) of a literary or artistic work. Article 15(1) of the Convention provides:“In order that the author of a literary or artistic work protected by this Convention shall, in the absence of proof to the contrary, be regarded as such, and consequently be entitled to institute infringement proceedings in the countries of the Union, it shall be sufficient for his name to appear on the work in the usual manner. This paragraph shall be applicable even if this name is a pseudonym, where the pseudonym adopted by the author leaves no doubt as to his identity.”&lt;br /&gt;
The majority of civil law countries stipulate that only “persons” in the ordinary sense can qualify as authors. Spanish copyright law, for example, specifies “the natural person who creates any literary, artistic, or scientific work shall be considered the author thereof.” Similarly, French copyright law states that “authorship shall belong, unless proved otherwise, to the person or persons under whose name the work has been disclosed.” Common-law countries, by contrast, more often permit organizations -- including corporations -- to qualify as “authors.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The author is often defined as the person who conceives of and gives expression to an idea. However, in some cases, this determination becomes more complicated. It may depend on who assists in the production of the work or who oversees and directs the arrangement of the details of the work. In such cases, the determination of authorship will depend on the facts of the specific case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Works by Multiple Authors: Rules for Joint Authorship and Collaborations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Joint authorship exists when two or more persons create a copyrighted work. The copyright law in most countries grants each contributor an undivided share of the copyright in the work. The Berne Convention recognizes that joint authorship exists but does not specify the requirements for joint authorship, creating a significant variance among nations.&lt;br /&gt;
Countries in continental Europe typically stipulate that joint authorship does not require that each author contribute the same amount to the work. Instead, it only requires that each author’s contribution displays the minimal amount of creativity or originality necessary in the jurisdiction to merit copyright protection in its own right. Applying this approach, the Dutch Supreme Court decision Kluwer v. Lamoth, 169 R.I.D.A. 129 (1996), granted a stylist co-authorship status for creatively rearranging needleworks for a photograph.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, joint authorship only arises when each author’s contribution cannot be separated and commercially exploited independently of the work as a whole. For instance, Japanese legislation defines joint works as works that are “created by two or more persons in which the contribution of each person cannot be separately exploited.” If the works can be separated -- for instance, when one author contributes the music and another the lyrics for a song -- each contributor is typically given an independent copyright in his or her contribution. In other countries, like the United States, it is necessary that each of the contributors intend that the others should become joint authors.&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the rules on this issue vary substantially by country. In all countries, however, it is possible for two or more people to share a copyright.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Derivative Works&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Derivative works consist of adaptations or modifications of preexisting works. Common examples include abridgments or motion-picture adaptations of novels. The Berne Convention does not explicitly refer to derivative works. Instead, it lists certain uses of copyrighted works for which member countries must provide copyright protection. Specifically, the Berne Convention Article 2, Section 3 states: “Translations, adaptations, arrangements of music and other alterations of a literary or artistic work shall be protected as original works without prejudice to the copyright of the original work.” This provision is incorporated into the TRIPS Agreement.&lt;br /&gt;
Although this standard protects specific types of derivative works, it does not specify how different a derivative work must be from the original in order to merit copyright protection. As a result, it is often unclear how much originality is required to obtain a new copyright. Suppose, for example, a sculptor creates a scale model of Rodin&#039;s famous &amp;quot;Tinker&amp;quot; -- which, because of its age -- has fallen into the public domain. How much different from the original sculpture must the scale model be in order to secure copyright protection? Courts struggle with this issue -- and have produced inconsistent decisions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What if the original work from used to derivative work has not fallen into the public domain, and the maker of the derivative works fails to get a license from the holder of the copyright in the original? In some countries, like the United States, the unauthorized derivative work does not get any copyright protection. In other countries, like the Netherlands and France, the unauthorized derivative work is protected. This does not mean that the creator of the derivative work is free to make and sell copies of his creation. Rather, it means that other people (including the owner of the copyright in the original work) must obtain the permission of the creator of the derivative work before making or distributing copies of the derivative work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Collective Works and Compilations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compilations are another example where a copyright may be obtained through the use and manipulation of preexisting works. Compilations are works formed by assembling, selecting, or rearranging preexisting works such that the result becomes an original work by the compiler. Collective works represent a specific type of compilation in which a number of separate and independent contributions are assembled into one work. A collective work, then, is a work by two or more authors that is not cohesive enough to qualify as a joint work on its own. Article 2, Section 5 of the Berne Convention only requires the protection of collective works: “Collections of literary or artistic works such as encyclopedias and anthologies which, by reason of the selection and arrangement of their contents, constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such, without prejudice to the copyright in each of the works forming part of such collections.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Article 10, Section 2 of the TRIPS Agreement, on the other hand, requires member countries of the WTO to extend copyright protection to all compilations: “Compilations of data or other material, whether in machine readable or other form, which by reason of the selection or arrangement of their contents constitute intellectual creations shall be protected as such. Such protection, which shall not extend to the data or material itself, shall be without prejudice to any copyright subsisting in the data or material itself.” The last sentence of this provision should be emphasized. Unless a database is created in a member country of the European Union (the only area that has created a sui generis system of protections for databases), other people are free to extract and copy the contents of the database. The only thing they may not do is reproduce the original way in which those contents are selected and arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Employees and Works for Hire&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Employees are often hired to create literary or artistic works for their employer. This relationship sometimes confuses the allocation of authorship rights.&lt;br /&gt;
By default, civil law countries vest authorship and its attendant rights in the employee, not the employer. This approach requires that employers contract with employees to obtain the copyrights to the creative works. For instance, the French Intellectual Property Code stipulates that copyright vests in the work’s actual author and not his employer. There is an exception in the French Code for some categories of work, such as software, where rights are immediately assigned to the employer. On the other hand, some civil law countries, including Germany, automatically assign copyright from the employee to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Common-law countries, such as the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom, by default award the copyright for an employee&#039;s invention to her employer. For instance, Canadian copyright law states that if a work is created within the scope of employment, “the person by whom the author was employed shall, in the absence of agreement to the contrary, be the first holder of the copyright.” Under the British Copyright, Designs and Patents Act of 1988, if a copyrighted work is made by an employee in the course of that employment, the copyright is automatically owned by the employer as a &amp;quot;work for hire.&amp;quot; The United States has a similar rule, but also provides that a work may become a &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; even if it is created by an independent contractor (rather than an employee acting within the scope of employment) so long as the work (a) falls within a limited list of eligible types of works and (b) the parties agree in writing that it shall be classified as a work for hire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Civil Servants, Researchers and Professors&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, college and university faculty members have been exempted from the &amp;quot;work for hire&amp;quot; doctrine.&lt;br /&gt;
In some countries, works made in the scope of the employment of civil servants are also excluded from the “work for hire” doctrine, because they are denied copyright protection altogether. In other countries, this is not true. For instance, copyright law in the Czech Republic contains a presumption that a work created by a civil servant is a work for hire, and the copyright and authorship rights are granted to the employer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excerpt from the EIFL Copyright Curriculum: http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/copyrightforlibrarians/Module_3:_The_Scope_of_Copyright_Law#What_is_an_.E2.80.9CAuthor.E2.80.9D.3F&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Please also read: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 http://www.sutherland.com/files/Publication/803e946d-83fe-4f38-8eaa-ec2fbf9b3782/Presentation/PublicationAttachment/11e6c1f9-66f4-4151-b480-251781227c39/WorkforHireLaws.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://williampatry.blogspot.com/2006/12/whiter-shade-of-joint-authorship.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Shsai</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>